18.08.2013 Views

XPC-L System Installation, Configuration, and Migration Guide

XPC-L System Installation, Configuration, and Migration Guide

XPC-L System Installation, Configuration, and Migration Guide

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

ClearPath Enterprise Servers<br />

Extended Processing Complex- Locking (<strong>XPC</strong>-L)<br />

<strong>System</strong><br />

<strong>Installation</strong>, <strong>Configuration</strong>, <strong>and</strong> <strong>Migration</strong> <strong>Guide</strong><br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Release 2.2 <strong>and</strong> Higher<br />

November 2009 6885 3522–003<br />

unisys<br />

imagine it. done.


NO WARRANTIES OF ANY NATURE ARE EXTENDED BY THIS DOCUMENT. Any product or related information<br />

described herein is only furnished pursuant <strong>and</strong> subject to the terms <strong>and</strong> conditions of a duly executed agreement to<br />

purchase or lease equipment or to license software. The only warranties made by Unisys, if any, with respect to the<br />

products described in this document are set forth in such agreement. Unisys cannot accept any financial or other<br />

responsibility that may be the result of your use of the information in this document or software material, including<br />

direct, special, or consequential damages.<br />

You should be very careful to ensure that the use of this information <strong>and</strong>/or software material complies with the laws,<br />

rules, <strong>and</strong> regulations of the jurisdictions with respect to which it is used.<br />

The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Revisions may be issued to advise of such<br />

changes <strong>and</strong>/or additions.<br />

Notice to U.S. Government End Users: This is commercial computer software or hardware documentation developed at<br />

private expense. Use, reproduction, or disclosure by the Government is subject to the terms of Unisys st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

commercial license for the products, <strong>and</strong> where applicable, the restricted/limited rights provisions of the contract data<br />

rights clauses.<br />

FCC Statement<br />

The statement below is included in this document to comply with a Federal Communications Commission (FCC)<br />

regulation. The FCC is an agency of the United States government; thus, the statement below applies to computing<br />

equipment installed in the United States of America. Unisys is taking appropriate steps to be in compliance with FCC<br />

regulations <strong>and</strong> similar regulations of other countries.<br />

WARNING: This equipment has been tested <strong>and</strong> found to comply with the limits for a Class A device, pursuant to Part<br />

15 of FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the<br />

equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, <strong>and</strong> can radiate radio frequency<br />

energy <strong>and</strong>, if not installed <strong>and</strong> used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio<br />

communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case<br />

users will be required to correct the interference at their own expense.<br />

Canadian Regulatory Statement<br />

This class A apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.<br />

Cet appareil de la classe A respecte toutes les exigences du Règlement sur le matériel brouilleur du Canada.<br />

Unisys <strong>and</strong> ClearPath are registered trademarks of Unisys Corporation in the United States <strong>and</strong> other countries.<br />

All other br<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> products referenced in this document are acknowledged to be the trademarks or registered<br />

trademarks of their respective holders.


Contents<br />

Section 1. Introduction<br />

Section 2. <strong>Installation</strong><br />

1.1. Documentation Updates .......................................................... 1–1<br />

1.2. Overview of an <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong>................................................. 1–2<br />

1.2.1. Hardware Components ................................................... 1–6<br />

1.2.2. Connections between Components ............................... 1–7<br />

1.2.3. Software Components .................................................... 1–9<br />

1.3. Notation Conventions ............................................................ 1–10<br />

2.1. Hardware <strong>Installation</strong> ............................................................... 2–1<br />

2.1.1. Installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation Hardware ............. 2–4<br />

2.1.2. Installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server Hardware ................................... 2–4<br />

2.1.3. Installing Host Hardware ................................................. 2–5<br />

2.1.4. Installing VI Cables .......................................................... 2–6<br />

2.1.5. Installing Ethernet Cables <strong>and</strong> Hubs ............................. 2–10<br />

2.2. Software <strong>Installation</strong> .............................................................. 2–13<br />

2.2.1. Installing Platform Software .......................................... 2–13<br />

2.2.1.1. Installing Platform Software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstations ....................................... 2–13<br />

2.2.1.2. Creating Partitions on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers ............. 2–16<br />

2.2.1.3. Installing Platform Software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Servers ............................................................. 2–17<br />

2.2.1.4. Installing Platform Software on the<br />

OS 2200 Hosts ................................................. 2–24<br />

2.2.2. Preparing to Install <strong>XPC</strong>-L Software .............................. 2–25<br />

2.2.2.1. Modifying the Hosts File ...................................... 2–26<br />

2.2.2.2. Creating a <strong>Configuration</strong> File ................................ 2–28<br />

2.2.2.3. Creating User Names <strong>and</strong> Updating Local<br />

Security Policies ............................................... 2–28<br />

2.2.2.4. Creating Shared Folders ....................................... 2–31<br />

2.2.3. Installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation Software ............ 2–32<br />

2.2.3.1. Installing the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Software .................. 2–32<br />

2.2.3.2. Identifying the Location of the<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong> File ............................................. 2–33<br />

2.2.4. Installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server Software .................................. 2–35<br />

2.2.5. Installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Host Software ..................................... 2–38<br />

2.2.5.1. Installing Exec Features ........................................ 2–38<br />

2.2.5.2. Operations Sentinel Message Text ...................... 2–38<br />

6885 3522–003 iii


Contents<br />

Section 3. <strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Section 4. <strong>Migration</strong><br />

3.1. Configuring <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control ........................................................ 3–1<br />

3.2. Configuring <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers ....................................................... 3–2<br />

3.3. Configuring Hosts ..................................................................... 3–2<br />

3.3.1. Using SCMS for Dorado Series Host<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong> ............................................................... 3–3<br />

3.3.2. Site <strong>Configuration</strong> Management <strong>System</strong> II ...................... 3–4<br />

3.4. <strong>Configuration</strong> File ...................................................................... 3–5<br />

3.4.1. <strong>Configuration</strong> File Syntax ................................................. 3–6<br />

3.4.2. Sample <strong>Configuration</strong> ..................................................... 3–10<br />

3.4.3. Generating a <strong>Configuration</strong> File ..................................... 3–27<br />

4.1. Conceptual Differences ............................................................ 4–1<br />

4.2. Crossbooting ............................................................................. 4–4<br />

4.2.1. Discontinuing Use of <strong>XPC</strong> File Caching ........................... 4–5<br />

4.2.1.1. Overview ................................................................. 4–5<br />

4.2.1.2. Determining the Caching Information of a<br />

File....................................................................... 4–6<br />

4.2.1.3. Removing Data from the <strong>XPC</strong> ................................. 4–7<br />

4.2.1.4. Removing the <strong>XPC</strong> Identifier from the MFD ........... 4–8<br />

4.2.2. Adding <strong>XPC</strong>-L to the OS 2200 Environment .................... 4–9<br />

4.2.2.1. Migrating Without Duplexing ................................ 4–10<br />

4.2.2.2. Migrating to <strong>XPC</strong>-L with Shared Unit<br />

Duplexing .......................................................... 4–10<br />

4.3. Clearing the <strong>XPC</strong> ..................................................................... 4–12<br />

4.4. New Console Messages ........................................................ 4–13<br />

4.5. Changed Console Messages .................................................. 4–15<br />

4.6. Keyin Changes ........................................................................ 4–16<br />

4.6.1. Unsupported Keyins ....................................................... 4–16<br />

4.6.2. Changed Keyins ............................................................. 4–17<br />

4.6.3. New Keyins .................................................................... 4–21<br />

4.7. Initialization ............................................................................. 4–22<br />

4.8. EXERRS .................................................................................. 4–22<br />

Section 5. Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

5.1. Changing Hardware .................................................................. 5–1<br />

5.1.1. Changing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation Hardware ............. 5–1<br />

5.1.2. Changing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server Hardware ................................... 5–2<br />

5.1.2.1. Replacing an Existing VI Card .................................. 5–3<br />

5.1.2.2. Adding a New VI Card ............................................. 5–6<br />

5.1.3. Changing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Host Hardware ...................................... 5–6<br />

5.1.4. Changing the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation LAN<br />

Ethernet Switch ........................................................... 5–7<br />

5.2. Changing Software ................................................................... 5–7<br />

5.2.1. Changing with a Complete Shutdown of the<br />

<strong>System</strong> ......................................................................... 5–7<br />

5.2.2. Changing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Platform Software ................................. 5–8<br />

iv 6885 3522–003


Contents<br />

5.2.3. Changing Platform Software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstations [Dell OptiPlex 960] ................... 5–9<br />

5.2.3.1. Reinstalling Windows XP SP3 <strong>and</strong> Setting<br />

Up the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation [Dell<br />

OptiPlex 960] ...................................................... 5–9<br />

5.2.3.2. Reinstalling Device Drivers ................................... 5–16<br />

5.2.3.3. Removing Unnecessary Windows<br />

Components, Executables, <strong>and</strong> Services ......... 5–18<br />

5.2.3.4. Enabling Multi CPU Core Mode ........................... 5–20<br />

5.2.4. Changing Platform Software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstations [Dell OptiPlex 745 <strong>and</strong><br />

Dell OptiPlex 755] ..................................................... 5–20<br />

5.2.4.1. Reinstalling Windows XP <strong>and</strong> Setting Up<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation Dell<br />

[OptiPlex 745 <strong>and</strong> Dell OptiPlex 755] ............... 5–21<br />

5.2.4.2. Reinstalling Device Drivers ................................... 5–27<br />

5.2.4.3. Removing Unnecessary Windows<br />

Components, Executables, <strong>and</strong> Services ......... 5–29<br />

5.2.4.4. Enabling Multi CPU Core Mode ........................... 5–31<br />

5.2.5. Changing Platform Software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstations [Dell GX270 <strong>and</strong> GX280] ........ 5–32<br />

5.2.5.1. Reinstalling Windows XP <strong>and</strong> Setting Up<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation [Dell<br />

GX270 <strong>and</strong> GX280] ........................................... 5–32<br />

5.2.5.2. Reinstalling Device Drivers ................................... 5–38<br />

5.2.5.3. Removing Unnecessary Windows<br />

Components, Executables, <strong>and</strong> Services ......... 5–40<br />

5.2.5.4. Verifying <strong>and</strong> Enabling CPU Hyper-<br />

Threading .......................................................... 5–42<br />

5.2.6. Changing Platform Software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Servers ...................................................................... 5–43<br />

5.2.7. Changing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation Software ............ 5–44<br />

5.2.8. Changing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server Software ................................. 5–45<br />

5.2.9. Changing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Host Software .................................... 5–47<br />

5.2.9.1. Loading a New Version of XIIP Microcode ........... 5–48<br />

Section 6. Deinstallation<br />

6.1. Overview .................................................................................. 6–1<br />

6.2. Removing <strong>XPC</strong>EXEC Software ................................................ 6–2<br />

6.3. Removing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server Software ........................................... 6–3<br />

6.4. Removing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation Software ..................... 6–3<br />

Section 7. Maintenance for <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong>s<br />

7.1. Maintaining <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers ...................................................... 7–1<br />

7.2. Maintaining <strong>XPC</strong>-L Workstations ............................................. 7–2<br />

7.3. Maintaining <strong>XPC</strong>-L Service Processors .................................... 7–3<br />

6885 3522–003 v


Contents<br />

Appendix A. Setting Windows User Names <strong>and</strong> Local Security<br />

Policies<br />

A.1. Creating a New User Name ..................................................... A–1<br />

A.2. Setting User Rights Assignments ........................................... A–2<br />

A.3. Setting Security Options .......................................................... A–2<br />

Appendix B. Example <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI Locations Charts <strong>and</strong><br />

Worksheets<br />

Appendix C. Reinstallation of Windows 2003 on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

Glossary ............................................................................................. 1<br />

Index ............................................................................................. 1<br />

vi 6885 3522–003


Figures<br />

1–1. <strong>System</strong> Level Database Locking Provided by the <strong>XPC</strong>-L ................................... 1–3<br />

1–2. <strong>Configuration</strong> for Partitioned Applications ......................................................... 1–5<br />

1–3. <strong>Configuration</strong> for XTC ......................................................................................... 1–6<br />

1–4. <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> Interconnections ........................................................................ 1–8<br />

2–1. Major Hardware Components ............................................................................ 2–3<br />

2–2. Fiber-Optic Cable Connectors .......................................................................... 2–10<br />

2–3. <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Window: Select Server Pane .................................................... 2–34<br />

3–1. Sample <strong>Configuration</strong> ....................................................................................... 3–11<br />

3–2. Sample <strong>Configuration</strong>—Degraded ................................................................... 3–24<br />

6885 3522–003 vii


Figures<br />

viii 6885 3522–003


Tables<br />

2–1. Intel Cabling Connections .................................................................................. 2–5<br />

2–2. VI Cabling for Dorado 300 Series Servers .......................................................... 2–6<br />

2–3. VI Cabling for Dorado 200 Series Servers .......................................................... 2–8<br />

2–4. Ethernet Cabling for Dorado 300 Series Servers ............................................. 2–11<br />

2–5. Ethernet Cabling for Dorado 200 Series Servers ............................................. 2–12<br />

3–1. Determining PciBridgeNumber ........................................................................ 3–30<br />

B–1. Dorado 300 Series Servers: Primary or Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server (Back<br />

View, Left 2/3) ............................................................................................... B–2<br />

B–2. Dorado 300 Series Servers: Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server (Back View, Right<br />

1/3—Exp<strong>and</strong>ed) ............................................................................................. B–3<br />

B–3. Dorado 300 Series Servers: Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server (Back View, Right<br />

1/3—Exp<strong>and</strong>ed) ............................................................................................. B–4<br />

B–4. Dorado 200 Series Servers: Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server (Front View) ....................... B–5<br />

B–5. Dorado 200 Series Servers: Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server (Back View) ........................ B–6<br />

B–6. Dorado 200 Series Servers: Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server (Front View) .................. B–7<br />

B–7. Dorado 200 Series Servers: Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server (Back View) ................... B–8<br />

B–8. Worksheet: <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> Information ............................................................. B–9<br />

B–9. Worksheet: <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> User Name/Password Information ......................... B–9<br />

B–10. Worksheet: <strong>XPC</strong>-L License Code ....................................................................... B–9<br />

6885 3522–003 ix


Tables<br />

x 6885 3522–003


Examples<br />

2–1. Example Hosts File .......................................................................................... 2–27<br />

5–1. Online Loading of XIIP Microcode—Console Output ...................................... 5–53<br />

5–2. Offline Loading of XIIP Microcode—Console Output ...................................... 5–56<br />

5–2 Offline Loading of XIIP Microcode—Console Output (continued) ................... 5–57<br />

5–3. Running XSTRESS—Console Output............................................................... 5–59<br />

5–3. Running XSTRESS—Console Output............................................................... 5–60<br />

5–3. Running XSTRESS—Console Output............................................................... 5–61<br />

5–3. Running XSTRESS—Console Output............................................................... 5–62<br />

6885 3522–003 xi


Examples<br />

xii 6885 3522–003


Section 1<br />

Introduction<br />

Extended Processing Complex-Locking (<strong>XPC</strong>-L) system provides an external lock engine<br />

that is used to coordinate access to files <strong>and</strong> databases that are simultaneously<br />

accessed from multiple hosts. This document describes the procedures to install <strong>and</strong><br />

configure <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>and</strong> explains changes to be made for migrating to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L from its<br />

predecessor.<br />

This section provides an overview of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system <strong>and</strong> describes the notation<br />

conventions used in this manual.<br />

1.1. Documentation Updates<br />

This document contains all the information that was available at the time of publication.<br />

Technical changes identified after release of this document are included in problem list<br />

entry (PLE) 18693046. To obtain a copy of the PLE, contact your Unisys representative or<br />

access the current PLE from the Unisys Product Support Web site:<br />

http://www.support.unisys.com/all/ple/18693046<br />

Note: If you are not logged into the Product Support site, you will be asked to do so.<br />

PLE 18709112 identifies changes made to various levels of OS 2200 after they were<br />

released to provide support for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L.<br />

6885 3522–003 1–1


Introduction<br />

1.2. Overview of an <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong><br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L system is a central electronics complex (CEC) component that is optionally<br />

added to a Dorado Series server. Such systems are referred to as 2200 XP systems.<br />

An <strong>XPC</strong>-L system uses a Dorado Series server Intel based platform to provide the<br />

following categories of functions:<br />

• External locking manager<br />

• Operating system interhost messaging<br />

• Shared Unit Duplexing synchronization<br />

OS 2200, which runs on Dorado Series servers, contains optional feature code to use the<br />

functions of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L. The features, <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>and</strong> Multi-Host File Sharing (MHFS),<br />

Partitioned Applications (PA) <strong>and</strong> Extended Transaction Capacity (XTC) are described later<br />

in this section.<br />

It is not necessary to make program or transaction changes while migrating from an<br />

Extended Processing Complex (<strong>XPC</strong>) to an <strong>XPC</strong>-L. Refer to Section 4, “<strong>Migration</strong>“ for<br />

details on the migration process.<br />

• External locking manager<br />

The external lock manager is primarily used for database locking. Database locking<br />

(Figure 1–1) supports a synchronized lock manager for use in multiple host systems.<br />

This is the function that the OS 2200 uses to enable a single application to execute<br />

simultaneously on multiple Dorado Series servers while accessing a common<br />

database. Separate locking interfaces <strong>and</strong> support are provided for use by Exec/TIP<br />

FCSS <strong>and</strong> the Universal Data <strong>System</strong> (UDS). It provides capabilities to lock <strong>and</strong><br />

unlock various database structures (such as pages). This capability is referred to in<br />

some documentation as RLP locking.<br />

The external lock manager can also be used by the MHFS feature to manage locks<br />

associated with the coordination <strong>and</strong> control of shared files.<br />

1–2 6885 3522–003


Figure 1–1. <strong>System</strong> Level Database Locking Provided by the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

• Operating system interhost messaging<br />

Introduction<br />

Operating system interhost messaging supports communications among hosts in a<br />

multiple host environment. The mechanism provides a low volume interface using<br />

small packets of message data for the transfer of information in processes such as<br />

host <strong>and</strong> file status communication.<br />

• Shared Unit Duplexing synchronization<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Locks for Application Group n<br />

Host Host Host<br />

Application<br />

Group n<br />

Application<br />

Group n<br />

Data for<br />

Application<br />

Group n<br />

Shared Unit Duplexing synchronization provides a record of the I/Os in progress to<br />

duplexed shared devices. All hosts in the MHFS environment have access to the<br />

synchronization tables so that any surviving host can synchronize the data in<br />

duplexed shared files if another host in the MHFS environment should stop.<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>and</strong> Multi-Host File Sharing (MHFS)<br />

Application<br />

Group n<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L enhances the MHFS feature <strong>and</strong> two software feature groupings that build on<br />

the MHFS feature.<br />

The MHFS feature is a separately orderable <strong>and</strong> separately installed software feature of<br />

OS 2200. MHFS provides the OS 2200 coordination <strong>and</strong> control required to allow<br />

multiple hosts to simultaneously access data residing in a set of shared mass storage<br />

devices (referred to as the shared device group). There is only one shared device group<br />

in an MHFS environment.<br />

6885 3522–003 1–3


Introduction<br />

The hosts in the MHFS environment communicate with each other to coordinate actions<br />

taken related to the shared devices, such as<br />

• Setting <strong>and</strong> clearing locks that protect shared files from simultaneous updates<br />

• Changes in the configuration of devices in the shared device group<br />

• Recovery information<br />

• Operational information, including messages or unsolicited keyins directed to other<br />

hosts<br />

• Host status<br />

The MHFS feature supports the following methods of communication among hosts in<br />

the MHFS environment:<br />

• The preferred MHFS interhost communication method is with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L. In this<br />

configuration, the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system manages the locks for all hosts <strong>and</strong> passes MHFS<br />

coordination <strong>and</strong> control information among hosts.<br />

• The alternate MHFS interhost communication method is with a network<br />

configuration. In a network MHFS configuration, an Ethernet LAN links all the hosts<br />

in the MHFS environment together. In a network MHFS configuration, lock<br />

information, as well as MHFS coordination <strong>and</strong> control information, is passed<br />

through the network to all hosts in the MHFS environment.<br />

• Another alternative MHFS interhost communication method is with the <strong>XPC</strong>. In this<br />

configuration, the <strong>XPC</strong> manages the locks for all hosts <strong>and</strong> passes MHFS<br />

coordination <strong>and</strong> control information among hosts.<br />

Unisys has two software feature groupings that build on the MHFS feature to extend the<br />

capabilities of the operating system: Partitioned Applications (PA) <strong>and</strong> Extended<br />

Transaction Capacity (XTC).<br />

1–4 6885 3522–003


<strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>and</strong> Partitioned Applications (PA)<br />

Introduction<br />

The PA feature grouping allows two hosts in an MHFS environment to provide backup<br />

for each other. Each host runs its own set of Transaction Processing (TIP) or Universal<br />

Data <strong>System</strong> (UDS) application groups. The files in support of those application groups<br />

reside in the shared device group, but these cannot be accessed by more than one host<br />

at a time.<br />

The two hosts maintain communications with each other (called “heartbeat“) through<br />

the MHFS interhost communication mechanism. If a host fails, the surviving host<br />

automatically recovers <strong>and</strong> begins processing the application groups for the failed host.<br />

Using the MHFS feature to make the production files of each host accessible by both<br />

hosts is key to this feature.<br />

Figure 1–2 shows the configuration in a Partitioned Applications environment. For more<br />

information on the Partitioned Applications feature grouping, refer to the Partitioned<br />

Applications Conceptual Overview <strong>and</strong> the Partitioned Applications Planning, <strong>Installation</strong>,<br />

<strong>and</strong> Operations <strong>Guide</strong>.<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Host A Host B<br />

Application Application<br />

Local<br />

Databases<br />

Local<br />

Disks<br />

Shared<br />

Databases<br />

Shared<br />

Disks<br />

Figure 1–2. <strong>Configuration</strong> for Partitioned Applications<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>and</strong> Extended Transaction Capacity (XTC)<br />

Local<br />

Databases<br />

Local<br />

Disks<br />

The XTC feature grouping enables several hosts in the MHFS environment to<br />

simultaneously execute transactions against the same TIP or UDS application group. The<br />

data files for the application group reside on the shared device group; this means that all<br />

hosts in the MHFS environment have access to them. The <strong>XPC</strong>-L system provides the<br />

locking mechanism that is required to allow multiple hosts to update shared databases.<br />

Figure 1–3 shows the configuration in an XTC environment with two hosts. For more<br />

information on the XTC feature grouping, refer to the Extended Transaction Capacity<br />

Planning, <strong>Migration</strong>, <strong>and</strong> Operations <strong>Guide</strong>.<br />

6885 3522–003 1–5


Introduction<br />

Figure 1–3. <strong>Configuration</strong> for XTC<br />

You can have either the Partitioned Applications feature grouping or the XTC feature<br />

grouping installed on your system, but not both.<br />

1.2.1. Hardware Components<br />

Multiple hosts connect to a redundant <strong>XPC</strong>-L system. The redundant <strong>XPC</strong>-L system<br />

consists of<br />

• A primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server platform<br />

• A secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server platform<br />

• An active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Record Lock<br />

Logic<br />

Host A Host B<br />

Local<br />

Databases<br />

Local<br />

Disks<br />

• One or more backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations<br />

• Connections between the various entities<br />

Application<br />

Shared<br />

Databases<br />

Shared<br />

Disks<br />

Local<br />

Databases<br />

Local<br />

Disks<br />

The primary <strong>and</strong> secondary platforms provide redundancy; they are used in a<br />

master/slave mode of operation. The role of master is initially assigned to the primary<br />

platform, but can change under software control while the system is in operation. The<br />

master <strong>XPC</strong>-L server is the server that actively provides the database locking <strong>and</strong><br />

interhost messaging functions. The slave <strong>XPC</strong>-L server provides backup if the master<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L server encounters an error condition.<br />

1–6 6885 3522–003


• Host platforms can be Dorado Series servers (or later).<br />

Introduction<br />

• Each <strong>XPC</strong>-L platform is an Intel cellular multiprocessing (CMP) platform. Redundancy<br />

is provided by using a second server <strong>and</strong> connecting it to the first. While the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

servers are Dorado Series server platforms, their service processors do not perform<br />

any <strong>XPC</strong>-L functions. The service processor is used only for general CMP<br />

configuration <strong>and</strong> control functions. Refer to the ClearPath Plus Server Dorado 300<br />

Series Preinstallation <strong>and</strong> Planning <strong>Guide</strong> (Dorado 300 Series servers) or the<br />

ClearPath Plus Servers for OS 2200 Preinstallation Planning <strong>Guide</strong> (Dorado 200<br />

Series servers) for an overview of the Dorado Series server <strong>and</strong> the functions that<br />

the service processor provides.<br />

• The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation platform is an Intel based computer. <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control is<br />

the primary operator interface to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L. Redundancy is provided by using more<br />

than one such workstation <strong>and</strong> networking both to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers with redundant<br />

LANs.<br />

1.2.2. Connections between Components<br />

Each host is connected to the primary <strong>and</strong> secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers by a Virtual Interface<br />

(VI) channel (Figure 1–4). A VI channel consists of a pair of PCI cards connected by a fiber<br />

optic cable. One PCI card resides in an <strong>XPC</strong>-L server <strong>and</strong> the other in a host IOP. The<br />

host IOP with a VI channel PCI card installed is called an XIOP.<br />

The primary <strong>and</strong> secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers connect to each other using VI channels<br />

(Figure 1–4). The active <strong>and</strong> backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations connect to each other<br />

through a private Ethernet network. The primary <strong>and</strong> secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers also<br />

connect to this private Ethernet network for communication with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstations.<br />

6885 3522–003 1–7


Introduction<br />

Request/status<br />

packet routing paths<br />

for 'reversed'<br />

configuration<br />

(slave on left,<br />

master on right)<br />

VI<br />

= VI Interface Channel<br />

Host A<br />

(2200)<br />

PCIOP PCIOP PCIOP PCIOP<br />

VI VI VI VI<br />

<strong>XPC</strong><br />

Master<br />

CMP<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Platform<br />

-<br />

(Intel Node)<br />

Primary/Secondary<br />

Crossover Paths<br />

Primary/Secondary<br />

Synchronization Paths<br />

Host D<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Platform<br />

(Intel Node)<br />

Figure 1–4. <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> Interconnections<br />

Request/status<br />

packet routing paths<br />

for configuration<br />

shown — routed by<br />

software<br />

Each host has paths to both the primary <strong>and</strong> secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>and</strong> all paths can be used<br />

to send comm<strong>and</strong>s to <strong>XPC</strong>-L system. The server functioning as the master executes all<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L comm<strong>and</strong>s. Therefore, comm<strong>and</strong>s received by the slave must be sent to the<br />

master for execution. The crossover paths move comm<strong>and</strong> requests from the slave to<br />

the master <strong>and</strong>, at the completion of comm<strong>and</strong> execution, return status to the requester<br />

through the path connected to the slave.<br />

While the master server processes the comm<strong>and</strong>s, the slave <strong>XPC</strong>-L server monitors the<br />

operations of the master server. The slave server monitors the synchronization paths for<br />

audit requests, performs the data updates as directed by the master, <strong>and</strong> sends<br />

completion status when the data updates have been completed.<br />

In addition to providing the paths to be used to maintain data structure coherency, the<br />

synchronization paths are also used for general master/slave control functions—including<br />

memory size arbitration when the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system is started.<br />

1–8 6885 3522–003<br />

(2200)<br />

PCIOP PCIOP PCIOP PCIOP<br />

VI VI VI VI<br />

VI VI VI VI VI VI VI VI<br />

Active<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation<br />

VI<br />

VI<br />

VI<br />

VI<br />

VI VI<br />

VI VI<br />

VI VI<br />

VI<br />

VI<br />

VI<br />

VI<br />

VI<br />

VI<br />

Backup<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control<br />

Workstation<br />

Primary/Secondary<br />

Direct Connect paths<br />

-<br />

Private LAN<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

<strong>System</strong>


1.2.3. Software Components<br />

Introduction<br />

The hosts, <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers, <strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations run the following required or<br />

optional software:<br />

• OS 2200 host platforms run OS 2200/Exec software with the <strong>XPC</strong>EXEC feature. The<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>EXEC feature is a separately installed package for the Exec which must be<br />

ordered along with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L hardware. The following software components can<br />

use the <strong>XPC</strong>-L:<br />

− Multi-Host File Sharing (MHFS)<br />

− Partitioned Applications (PA)<br />

− Extended Transaction Capacity (XTC)<br />

• <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server platforms run Windows 2003, Enterprise Edition, <strong>and</strong> the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

locking manager software.<br />

• <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation platforms run Windows XP Professional <strong>and</strong> the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control software.<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server software <strong>and</strong> the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software (including both versions of<br />

Microsoft Windows) are part of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L firmware release. Refer to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong><br />

Firmware 2.2 Customer Reference Manual for more information.<br />

6885 3522–003 1–9


Introduction<br />

1.3. Notation Conventions<br />

This manual uses the following typographical conventions for comm<strong>and</strong> formats,<br />

examples, <strong>and</strong> procedural discussions:<br />

Code<br />

User<br />

Comm<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> other characters that you must type in to activate<br />

the comm<strong>and</strong> are shown in this monospaced font, with variable<br />

information also being italicized. Information displayed by the<br />

system is also shown in this monospaced font, with variable<br />

information being italicized.<br />

Comm<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> other characters that you type in are shown in<br />

this monospaced font, with variable information also being<br />

italicized.<br />

interface References to specific menu items, icons, options, <strong>and</strong> most<br />

other user interface elements are shown in bold text (italicization<br />

is only to match the rest of the paragraph containing the term).<br />

Ctrl+Break A plus sign separates the labels of two or more keys to be<br />

pressed at the same time.<br />

[ ]<br />

{ }<br />

|<br />

Brackets indicate optional parameters or fields.<br />

Braces indicate two or more required parameters or fields from<br />

which you must choose one.<br />

A vertical line indicates a choice between two or more<br />

parameters, for example:<br />

parameter | parameter<br />

Note: Braces, brackets, <strong>and</strong> vertical lines are not part of the comm<strong>and</strong> syntax; do not<br />

type them in. Unless otherwise indicated, use blank spaces (one or more) to separate<br />

fields when you enter input.<br />

1–10 6885 3522–003


Section 2<br />

<strong>Installation</strong><br />

Software installation procedures vary, depending on the type of <strong>XPC</strong>-L system you<br />

ordered (see “2.1 Hardware <strong>Installation</strong>“). The installation information in this section<br />

consists primarily of references to existing documents <strong>and</strong> provides only those<br />

procedures that are unique to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system.<br />

If you are unfamiliar with using an Intel node of a Dorado Series server, refer to any of<br />

the following documents for additional information:<br />

• ClearPath Plus Server Dorado 300 Series Install & Config Gd, Vol 5 Set Up OS 2200<br />

& Intel Part for Dorado 300 Series servers<br />

• ClearPath Plus Server Dorado Series Install & Config <strong>Guide</strong>, Vol 5: Set Up OS 2200 &<br />

Intel Part for Dorado 100 Series servers <strong>and</strong> Dorado 200 Series servers<br />

2.1. Hardware <strong>Installation</strong><br />

Figure 2–1 shows the major hardware components comprising an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system.<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L system uses one or more Unisys Dorado Series servers running the Windows<br />

2003, Enterprise Edition operating system. The following are the available options when<br />

ordering an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system:<br />

• An <strong>XPC</strong>-L system that includes a Dorado Series server.<br />

Note: If you ordered an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system which included a Dorado Series server, all<br />

required platform hardware would have already been installed.<br />

• An <strong>XPC</strong>-L system that does not include a cabinet for the Dorado Series server <strong>and</strong><br />

where you use an existing Dorado Series server to house a single <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

6885 3522–003 2–1


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

If you ordered the above <strong>XPC</strong>-L system, refer to the following documents for the<br />

hardware platform installation procedure:<br />

• ClearPath Plus Server Dorado 300 Series Install & Config Gd, Vol 5 Set Up OS 2200<br />

& Intel Part for Dorado 300 Series servers<br />

• ClearPath Plus Server Dorado Series Install & Config <strong>Guide</strong>, Vol 5: Set Up OS 2200 &<br />

Intel Part for Dorado 100 Series servers <strong>and</strong> Dorado 200 Series servers<br />

2–2 6885 3522–003


E<br />

T<br />

H<br />

1<br />

E<br />

T<br />

H<br />

2<br />

Host A<br />

Primary<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

P-C01<br />

P-C02<br />

P-C03<br />

P-C04<br />

P-S01<br />

P-S02<br />

Active<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control<br />

Backup<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control<br />

Figure 2–1. Major Hardware Components<br />

Host B<br />

Secondary<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

<strong>Installation</strong><br />

PCIOP1-3 PCIOP1-4 PCIOP1-2 PCIOP1-1<br />

PCIOP2-2 PCIOP2-1 PCIOP2-3 PCIOP2-4<br />

P-DC04 P-DC03 P-DC02 P-DC01<br />

P-DC05 P-DC06 P-DC07 P-DC08<br />

PCIOP3-1 PCIOP3-2<br />

Host C<br />

PCIOP3-4<br />

PCIOP3-3<br />

HUB1<br />

P-S03<br />

P-S04<br />

P-C05<br />

P-C06<br />

P-C07<br />

P-C08<br />

LAN1 LAN2<br />

6885 3522–003 2–3<br />

S-C01<br />

S-C02<br />

S-C03<br />

S-C04<br />

S-S01<br />

S-S02<br />

S-S03<br />

S-S04<br />

S-C05<br />

S-C06<br />

S-C07<br />

S-C08<br />

HUB2<br />

LAN1 LAN2<br />

S-DC01 S-DC02 S-DC03 S-DC04<br />

S-DC08 S-DC07 S-DC06 S-DC05<br />

PCIOP4-4 PCIOP4-3<br />

Host D<br />

PCIOP4-1<br />

PCIOP4-2<br />

E<br />

T<br />

H<br />

1<br />

E<br />

T<br />

H<br />

2


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

2.1.1. Installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation Hardware<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation hardware is a workstation supplied by Unisys with the<br />

appropriate hardware for supporting the operation of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system. Unless<br />

otherwise directed by Unisys, do not change or modify any hardware on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation. Also, do not upgrade your <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation unless it is<br />

required to do so in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware 2.2 Customer Reference Manual or in the<br />

Technical Information Bulletin for an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system. Procedures for any required platform<br />

hardware updates are described in the documentation accompanying the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system<br />

firmware release.<br />

Documentation for installing the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation is provided in the packaging<br />

from Dell. Connect the keyboard <strong>and</strong> monitor to the PC as documented.<br />

2.1.2. Installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server Hardware<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L system hardware can be delivered by Unisys in two types. The system could<br />

include cabinetry with the Intel node installed in a Dorado Series server. Else, it could be<br />

shipped to your site as a st<strong>and</strong>-alone component, without the cabinet (except for<br />

Dorado 300 Series servers, which always include cabinetry). Initial installation depends<br />

on the type ordered <strong>and</strong> accordingly begins with one of the following two documentation<br />

sets:<br />

If the ordered <strong>XPC</strong>-L server style is<br />

• Installed as the Intel node of a Dorado 300 Series server, refer to the ClearPath Plus<br />

Server Dorado 300 Series Install & Config Gd Volumes 1 (Installing <strong>and</strong> Connecting<br />

Hardware), 2 (Setting Up Service Processors), 4 (Testing Hardware), 5 (Setting Up<br />

OS 2200 <strong>and</strong> Intel Partitions), <strong>and</strong> 6 (Completing <strong>Installation</strong> Tasks) for hardware<br />

installation procedures. Your system will arrive with the Intel partition connected to<br />

port 5 of the Monitor concentrator.<br />

2–4 6885 3522–003


Table 2–1. Intel Cabling Connections<br />

From To<br />

<strong>Installation</strong><br />

Name Port/Jack Name Port/Jack<br />

Intel Partition 1 Monitor<br />

Intel Partition 1 Keyboard<br />

Intel Partition 1 Mouse<br />

KVM9001301-CNV CAT5 Monitor<br />

Concentrator<br />

Monitor<br />

Concentrator<br />

Monitor<br />

Keyboard<br />

Mouse<br />

Back of the LCD tray<br />

on the left side (from<br />

the rear of the<br />

cabinet)<br />

Note: The Port/Jack column shows either port numbers or the labels of the jacks as they<br />

appear on the equipment. The following list provides additional information about the jacks:<br />

• CAT5 — Ethernet cable jack<br />

• Keyboard — PS/2 keyboard connector<br />

• Monitor — video connector<br />

• Mouse — PS/2 connector<br />

• Installed as the Intel node of a Dorado 200 Series host, refer to the ClearPath Plus<br />

Server Dorado Series Install & Config <strong>Guide</strong>, Vol 5: Set Up OS 2200 & Intel Part for<br />

hardware installation procedures.<br />

• Delivered as a st<strong>and</strong>-alone component, refer to the document Enterprise Servers<br />

Hardware <strong>Installation</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> hardware installation procedures. (This does not apply to<br />

Dorado 300 Series servers; they are not delivered as st<strong>and</strong>-alone components.)<br />

Follow the procedures in the appropriate hardware installation guide for insertion of new<br />

PCI connected devices to install the VI cards in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

2.1.3. Installing Host Hardware<br />

For the installation of your Dorado Series host, refer to the following documents:<br />

• ClearPath Plus Server Dorado 300 Series Install & Config Gd, Vol 5 Set Up OS 2200<br />

& Intel Part for Dorado 300 Series servers<br />

• ClearPath Plus Server Dorado Series Install & Config <strong>Guide</strong>, Vol 5: Set Up OS 2200 &<br />

Intel Part for Dorado 100 Series servers <strong>and</strong> Dorado 200 Series servers<br />

The only hardware components in a host unique to an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system are the VI cards <strong>and</strong><br />

the PCIOP (the XIOP).<br />

6885 3522–003 2–5<br />

5


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

For information on adding or replacing PCIOPs, refer to the following documents:<br />

• For connecting PCIOP cables<br />

− ClearPath Plus Server Dorado 300 Series Install & Config Gd, Vol 1 Installing &<br />

Connecting H/W for Dorado 300 Series servers<br />

− ClearPath Plus Server Dorado Series Install & Config <strong>Guide</strong> for CSR, Vol 3<br />

Installing & Connecting H/W for Dorado 100 Series servers <strong>and</strong> Dorado 200<br />

Series servers<br />

Note: Volume 3: Installing <strong>and</strong> Connecting Hardware is available only to Unisys<br />

representatives.<br />

• For PCIOP PCA/VI card installation<br />

− Dorado Series Fault Isolation <strong>and</strong> Servicing <strong>Guide</strong> (Dorado 100 Series servers<br />

<strong>and</strong> Dorado 200 Series servers)<br />

− Dorado 300 Series <strong>Installation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Configuration</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> for Customer Service<br />

Representatives Volume 1: Installing <strong>and</strong> Connecting Hardware (Dorado 300<br />

Series servers)<br />

2.1.4. Installing VI Cables<br />

A number of VI cables are supplied with your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system. Refer to Figure 2–1 <strong>and</strong> the<br />

appropriate part of the worksheet (see Table B–1 through Table B–7) supplied with your<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L system. Compare the locations of the VI cards in the PCI slots of your server to<br />

determine the overall VI card interconnections that are required. Refer to Table 2–2<br />

(Dorado 300 Series servers) or Table 2–3 (Dorado 200 Series servers) to cable your<br />

system; the factory might have already connected some of the cables.<br />

Table 2–2. VI Cabling for Dorado 300 Series Servers<br />

From... To...<br />

Name Location Name Location<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC01 Host A Path 1<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C01 Host A Path 1<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S01 Path 1<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC03 Host B Path 1<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C03 Host B Path 1<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC02 Host A Path 2<br />

Cell 0, Bus 3 Host A, PCIOP1-1 Customer Unique<br />

Cell 0, Bus 4 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C01 Host A Path 1<br />

Cell 0, Bus 5 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S01 Path 1<br />

Cell 0, Bus 4<br />

Cell 0, Bus 5<br />

Cell 0, Bus 6 Host B, PCIOP2-1 Customer Unique<br />

Cell 0, Bus 7 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C03 Host B Path 1<br />

Cell 0, Bus 7<br />

Cell 1, Bus 3 Host A, PCIOP1-2 Customer Unique<br />

2–6 6885 3522–003


Table 2–2. VI Cabling for Dorado 300 Series Servers<br />

From... To...<br />

<strong>Installation</strong><br />

Name Location Name Location<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C02 Host A Path 2<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S02 Path 2<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC04 Host B Path 2<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C04 Host B Path 2<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC05 Host C Path 1<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C05 Host C Path 1<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S03 Path 3<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC07 Host D Path 1<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C07 Host D Path 1<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC06 Host C Path 2<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C06 Host C Path 2<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S04 Path 4<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC08 Host D Path 2<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C08 Host D Path 2<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC01 Host A Path 3<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC03 Host B Path 3<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC02 Host A Path 4<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC04 Host B Path 4<br />

Cell 1, Bus 4 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C02 Host A Path 2<br />

Cell 1, Bus 5 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S02 Path 2<br />

Cell 1, Bus 4<br />

Cell 1, Bus 5<br />

Cell 1, Bus 6 Host B, PCIOP2-2 Customer Unique<br />

Cell 1, Bus 7 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C04 Host B Path 2<br />

Cell 1, Bus 7<br />

Cell 2, Bus 3 Host C, PCIOP3-1 Customer Unique<br />

Cell 2, Bus 4 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C05 Host C Path 1<br />

Cell 2, Bus 5 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S03 Path 3<br />

Cell 2, Bus 4<br />

Cell 2, Bus 5<br />

Cell 2, Bus 6 Host D, PCIOP4-1 Customer Unique<br />

Cell 2, Bus 7 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C07 Host D Path 1<br />

Cell 2, Bus 7<br />

Cell 3, Bus 3 Host C, PCIOP3-2 Customer Unique<br />

Cell 3, Bus 4 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C06 Host C Path 2<br />

Cell 3, Bus 5 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S04 Path 4<br />

Cell 3, Bus 4<br />

Cell 3, Bus 5<br />

Cell 3, Bus 6 Host D, PCIOP4-2 Customer Unique<br />

Cell 3, Bus 7 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C08 Host D Path 2<br />

Cell 3, Bus 7<br />

Cell 0, Bus 3 Host A, PCIOP1-3 Customer Unique<br />

Cell 0, Bus 6 Host B, PCIOP2-3 Customer Unique<br />

Cell 1, Bus 3 Host A, PCIOP1-4 Customer Unique<br />

Cell 1, Bus 6 Host B, PCIOP2-4 Customer Unique<br />

6885 3522–003 2–7


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

Table 2–2. VI Cabling for Dorado 300 Series Servers<br />

From... To...<br />

Name Location Name Location<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC05 Host C Path 3<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC07 Host D Path 3<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC06 Host C Path 4<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC08 Host D Path 4<br />

Cell 2, Bus 3 Host C, PCIOP3-3 Customer Unique<br />

Cell 2, Bus 6 Host D, PCIOP4-3 Customer Unique<br />

Cell 3, Bus 3 Host C, PCIOP3-4 Customer Unique<br />

Cell 3, Bus 6 Host D, PCIOP4-4 Customer Unique<br />

Table 2–3. VI Cabling for Dorado 200 Series Servers<br />

From... To...<br />

Name Location Name Location<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC05 Host C Path 1<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC01 Host A Path 1<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC07 Host D Path 1<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC03 Host B Path 1<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC06 Host C Path 2<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC02 Host A Path 2<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC08 Host D Path 2<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC04 Host B Path 2<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C05 Host C Path 3<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C01 Host A Path 3<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C07 Host D Path 3<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-0-1-0<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-0-1-1<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-0-1-2<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-0-1-3<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-1-1-0<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-1-1-1<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-1-1-2<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-1-1-3<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-0-1-0<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-0-1-1<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-0-1-2<br />

Host C, PCIOP3-1 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

Host A, PCIOP1-1 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

Host D, PCIOP4-1 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

Host B, PCIOP2-1 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

Host C, PCIOP3-2 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

Host A, PCIOP1-2 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

Host D, PCIOP4-2 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

Host B, PCIOP2-2 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C05 Host C Path 3<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C01 Host A Path 3<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C07 Host D Path 3<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-0-1-0<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-0-1-1<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-0-1-2<br />

2–8 6885 3522–003


Table 2–3. VI Cabling for Dorado 200 Series Servers<br />

From... To...<br />

<strong>Installation</strong><br />

Name Location Name Location<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C03 Host B Path 3<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S01 Path 1<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S03 Path 3<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C06 Host C Path 4<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C02 Host A Path 4<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C08 Host D Path 4<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C04 Host B Path 4<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S02 Path 2<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S04 Path 4<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC05 Host C Path 3<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC01 Host A Path 3<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC07 Host D Path 3<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC03 Host B Path 3<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC06 Host C Path 4<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC02 Host A Path 4<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC08 Host D Path 4<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

DC04 Host B Path 4<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-0-1-3<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-0-2-1<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-0-2-3<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-1-1-0<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-1-1-1<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-1-1-2<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-1-1-3<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-1-2-1<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-1-2-3<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-0-1-0<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-0-1-1<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-0-1-2<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-0-1-3<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-1-1-0<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-1-1-1<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-1-1-2<br />

Pod 0<br />

DIB-1-1-3<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C03 Host B Path 3<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S01 Path 1<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S03 Path 3<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C06 Host C Path 4<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C02 Host A Path 4<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C08 Host D Path 4<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

C04 Host B Path 4<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S02 Path 2<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

S04 Path 4<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-0-1-3<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-0-2-1<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-0-2-3<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-1-1-0<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-1-1-1<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-1-1-2<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-1-1-3<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-1-2-1<br />

Pod 2<br />

DIB-1-2-3<br />

Host C, PCIOP3-3 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

Host A, PCIOP1-3 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

Host D, PCIOP4-3 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

Host B, PCIOP2-3 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

Host C, PCIOP3-4 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

Host A, PCIOP1-4 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

Host D, PCIOP4-4 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

Host B, PCIOP2-4 Customer<br />

Unique<br />

6885 3522–003 2–9


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

Figure 2–2 shows how to connect an individual VI cable to a VI card. The connectors are<br />

keyed to prevent misalignment or inversion. When inserting the cable, an audible click<br />

should be heard from the connector when it snaps into place.<br />

Figure 2–2. Fiber-Optic Cable Connectors<br />

After connecting a cable to a VI card, use the appropriate label supplied with your <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

system to indicate what this end of the cable connects to (for example, Host A, Path 1).<br />

Apply the label to the cable such that it is visible without disconnecting the cable.<br />

2.1.5. Installing Ethernet Cables <strong>and</strong> Hubs<br />

A number of Ethernet cables are supplied along with your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system. One or more<br />

Ethernet hubs might be also be included. Refer to Figure 2–1 <strong>and</strong> the appropriate part of<br />

the worksheet (see Table B–1 through Table B–7) supplied with your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system to<br />

determine the overall Ethernet card <strong>and</strong> hub interconnections that are required. Refer to<br />

Table 2–4 (Dorado 300 Series servers) or Table 2–5 (Dorado 200 Series servers) to cable<br />

your system; the factory might have already connected some of the cables.<br />

The Ethernet equipment provided with your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system is st<strong>and</strong>ard Ethernet<br />

hardware (refer to the appropriate Dorado Series manuals if you are unfamiliar with<br />

Ethernet equipment). Set up the connections between the Ethernet cards <strong>and</strong> hubs as<br />

indicated. After connecting a cable to an Ethernet card or hub, use the appropriate label<br />

supplied with your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system to indicate what this end of the cable connects to (for<br />

example, <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation 1, LAN 1). Apply the label to the cable such that it is<br />

visible without disconnecting the cable.<br />

In a redundant configuration, it is important to connect things properly. The Ethernet 1<br />

connections from each <strong>XPC</strong>-L server must connect to HUB1. Similarly, the Ethernet 2<br />

connections from each <strong>XPC</strong>-L server must connect to HUB2. If you are using Dorado 300<br />

Series servers, the Ethernet 1 connection is on cell 0 (LAN 0) <strong>and</strong> the Ethernet2<br />

connection is on cell 1 (LAN 4). The LAN1 connections from each <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation must connect to HUB1. The LAN2 connections from each <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation must connect to HUB2.<br />

The Ethernet hubs supplied with your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system must not be confused with or<br />

connected to any other Dorado Series server networking equipment (for example,<br />

Dorado Series server maintenance processor LAN). The maintenance processor LAN<br />

must be configured as a separate Ethernet network.<br />

2–10 6885 3522–003


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

The Ethernet card designated as part of the maintenance system can be used with the<br />

Dorado Series server maintenance processor LAN for things such as support for Call<br />

Home. The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Ethernet cards are separate <strong>and</strong> distinct from the Ethernet card used<br />

for maintenance.<br />

The Ethernet managed switch (NG700-SWX) used for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

interconnect is the same as that used in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L (Dorado 300 Series servers) for<br />

hardware control. However, when used for <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation interconnect, the<br />

switch is used as a simple switch rather than as a managed switch. All management<br />

programming is removed from the switch by forcing a factory reset: momentarily press<br />

the Factory Reset button located on the back of the unit, then cycle the AC power<br />

switch to OFF <strong>and</strong> then to ON again.<br />

Table 2–4. Ethernet Cabling for Dorado 300 Series Servers<br />

From... To...<br />

Name Location Name Location<br />

Hub 1 Port 1 Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

(Ethernet 1)<br />

Hub 1 Port 2 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

(Ethernet 1)<br />

Hub 1 Port 3 Active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control PC<br />

(LAN 1)<br />

Hub 1 Port 4 Backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control PC<br />

(LAN 1)<br />

Hub 2 Port 1 Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

(Ethernet 2)<br />

Hub 2 Port 2 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

(Ethernet 2)<br />

Hub 2 Port 3 Active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control PC<br />

(LAN 2)<br />

Hub 2 Port 4 Backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control PC<br />

(LAN 2)<br />

Primary Server<br />

Control LAN 0<br />

Secondary<br />

Server Control<br />

LAN 0<br />

Port 15 Maintenance LAN 0<br />

Primary Server<br />

Port 15 Maintenance LAN 0<br />

Secondary Server<br />

Cell 0, Left Server LAN Port<br />

Cell 0, Left Server LAN Port<br />

On-board Ethernet<br />

On-board Ethernet<br />

Cell 1, Left Server LAN Port<br />

Cell 1, Left Server LAN Port<br />

Add-In Card Ethernet<br />

Add-In Card Ethernet<br />

Cell 0, right h<strong>and</strong> LAN port<br />

Cell 0, right h<strong>and</strong> LAN port<br />

6885 3522–003 2–11


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

Table 2–5. Ethernet Cabling for Dorado 200 Series Servers<br />

From... To...<br />

Name Location Name Location<br />

Hub 1 Port 1 Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

(Ethernet 1)<br />

Hub 1 Port 2 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

(Ethernet 1)<br />

Hub 1 Port 3 Active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control PC<br />

(LAN 1)<br />

Hub 1 Port 4 Backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

PC<br />

(LAN 1)<br />

Hub 2 Port 1 Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

(Ethernet 2)<br />

Hub 2 Port 2 Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

(Ethernet 2)<br />

Hub 2 Port 3 Active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control PC<br />

(LAN 2)<br />

Hub 2 Port 4 Backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

PC<br />

(LAN 2)<br />

Primary<br />

Service<br />

Processor<br />

Maintenance<br />

LAN<br />

Secondary<br />

Service<br />

Processor<br />

Maintenance<br />

LAN<br />

Any open<br />

port<br />

Any open<br />

port<br />

Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

(Maintenance Ethernet)<br />

Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

(Maintenance Ethernet)<br />

POD 0, DIB 0,<br />

SubDIB 2, Slot 3<br />

POD 0, DIB 0,<br />

SubDIB 2, Slot 3<br />

On-board Ethernet<br />

On-board Ethernet<br />

POD 0, DIB 1,<br />

SubDIB 2, Slot 3<br />

POD 0, DIB 1,<br />

SubDIB 2, Slot 3<br />

Add-In Card Ethernet<br />

Add-In Card Ethernet<br />

POD 0, DIB 1,<br />

SubDIB 2, Slot 1<br />

POD 0, DIB 1,<br />

SubDIB 2, Slot 1<br />

2–12 6885 3522–003


2.2. Software <strong>Installation</strong><br />

Software installation consists of two parts:<br />

• <strong>Installation</strong> of platform software<br />

• <strong>Installation</strong> of <strong>XPC</strong>-L software<br />

2.2.1. Installing Platform Software<br />

<strong>Installation</strong><br />

Before beginning the <strong>XPC</strong>-L software installation, you need to have installed the hosts,<br />

servers, <strong>and</strong> workstations that would comprise your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system. Doing these includes<br />

connecting them together <strong>and</strong> booting them.<br />

<strong>Installation</strong> of the hardware <strong>and</strong> default software is covered in the documentation<br />

specific to the host, server, <strong>and</strong> workstation. All default Windows software must be<br />

available on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations <strong>and</strong> similarly all default Dorado Series server<br />

software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers.<br />

2.2.1.1. Installing Platform Software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstations<br />

All default Windows software is required on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations.<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation supplied with your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system has Windows XP<br />

Professional already loaded. This subsection describes how to complete the installation<br />

of the operating system <strong>and</strong> also how to configure the workstation for local use. Perform<br />

these procedures for the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation <strong>and</strong> for any backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation supplied with your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system.<br />

Installing Windows XP<br />

Perform the following steps to complete installation of the operating system <strong>and</strong> to enter<br />

the user names <strong>and</strong> passwords for this workstation.<br />

Note: A customer representative must accept software license agreements; a Unisys<br />

service representative cannot perform these functions.<br />

1. Turn on the workstation. The system boots <strong>and</strong> the Windows XP Setup Wizard<br />

appears.<br />

2. Click Next.<br />

The End User Software License Agreement window appears.<br />

3. Request the customer's representative to perform the following steps to accept the<br />

End User License Agreements (EULA):<br />

a. Read the license agreements, scrolling as necessary.<br />

b. Select the I accept the agreement check box for each EULA <strong>and</strong> then click<br />

Next.<br />

The Regional <strong>and</strong> Language Options dialog box appears.<br />

6885 3522–003 2–13


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

4. Click Next.<br />

The Personalize Your Software dialog box appears.<br />

5. Type in your name <strong>and</strong> the name of your company or organization <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

A dialog box appears in which you enter the product key for Windows XP operating<br />

system.<br />

6. Type in the product key <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

Note: For the OptiPlex 755 <strong>and</strong> 960 workstations, you may have to use an XP<br />

product key from one of the service processors or any PC that has an XP product<br />

key. Please refer to “Windows XP Activation“ of this section for an explanation of<br />

this procedure.<br />

7. Use the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> Information part of the worksheet provided with your system<br />

(see Table B–8 for an example of this table) to respond to the resulting What’s<br />

your computer name? message.<br />

• Type the Computer Name from the appropriate row of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong><br />

Information part of the worksheet provided with your system into the Name<br />

box.<br />

• Type a password of your choice into the Password box.<br />

• Set the Date, Time, <strong>and</strong> Time Zone boxes appropriately.<br />

• Click Next.<br />

The Network Settings dialog box appears.<br />

8. Select the Typical option <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

The Workgroup or Computer Domain dialog box appears.<br />

9. Select the No option (this selects Workgroup) <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

The system performs the final set up tasks, <strong>and</strong> displays Completing the Window XP<br />

Setup Wizard.<br />

10. Click FINISH.<br />

The system reboots.<br />

Setting up Network <strong>Configuration</strong>s<br />

Perform the following steps to configure <strong>and</strong> set up the network configurations. The<br />

workstation has two Ethernet ports installed.<br />

The onboard Ethernet port is LAN2 when looking at the Microsoft Network Connections<br />

window <strong>and</strong> must be configured with the Network IP address 1 shown in Table B–8. The<br />

port provided by the PCI Ethernet card is simply LAN when looking at the Microsoft<br />

Network Connections window <strong>and</strong> must be configured with the Network IP address 2<br />

shown in Table B–8.<br />

2–14 6885 3522–003


1. On the Start menu, point to settings <strong>and</strong> click Control Panel.<br />

2. Double-click the Network <strong>and</strong> Internet connections category.<br />

<strong>Installation</strong><br />

The Network <strong>and</strong> Internet connections window appears. There are two parts to this<br />

window; the top part has the caption Pick a task <strong>and</strong> the lower part has the<br />

caption or pick a Control Panel Icon with labeled icons below it.<br />

3. On the lower part of the window, click Network Connections. The Network<br />

Connections window appears.<br />

4. Right-click the appropriate Local Area Connection icon <strong>and</strong> click Properties.<br />

The Local Area Connection Properties window appears.<br />

5. Click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to highlight it.<br />

6. Click Properties.<br />

The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box appears.<br />

7. Click Use the following IP address <strong>and</strong> fill in the boxes as follows:<br />

a. Type the IP address for this workstation. Also write it into the appropriate row<br />

<strong>and</strong> column of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> Information part of the worksheet provided<br />

with your system (see Table B–8 for an example of this table).<br />

b. Type the appropriate Subnet mask.<br />

c. Leave the boxes Default gateway, DNS server, <strong>and</strong> Alternate DNS<br />

server blank.<br />

d. Click OK to close the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window.<br />

8. Click Close to close the Local Area Connection Properties window.<br />

9. Repeat steps 4 through 8 for the other network card (the other Local Area<br />

Connection icon).<br />

10. Close Control Panel.<br />

Windows XP Activation<br />

The Dell OptiPlex 755 <strong>and</strong> 960 workstations that are shipped as Control Workstations for<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong>-L have Windows XP SP2 installed. These workstations are setup at the Unisys<br />

factory for use as <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations. The most recently shipped OptiPlex 755<br />

<strong>and</strong> 960 workstations have a software option to downgrade from Windows Vista<br />

Business Bonus-Windows XP Professional.<br />

After you downgrade to Windows XP, you will no longer be able to activate the XP<br />

software over the Internet. When prompted to activate, call the activation support<br />

number <strong>and</strong> speak to the customer service representative who will help you activate the<br />

Windows XP software.<br />

Before you call the activation support number, ensure that you have the Windows XP CD<br />

<strong>and</strong> the XP product key from one of your existing workstations or service processors.<br />

You might be asked for the product key to activate the <strong>XPC</strong>-L workstation.<br />

6885 3522–003 2–15


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

2.2.1.2. Creating Partitions on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L software runs in a hardware partition with a specific configuration. Perform<br />

the following steps on each server to create <strong>and</strong> configure an <strong>XPC</strong>-L partition.<br />

Note: If you ordered an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system that included a cabinet for the Dorado Series<br />

server, the hardware partition profiles would have already been installed.<br />

Dorado 300 Series Servers<br />

Using Server Sentinel, install PartitionX (where X is the partition number, 0 through 9).<br />

For instructions on creating <strong>and</strong> configuring partitions, refer to the Server Sentinel User's<br />

<strong>Guide</strong> <strong>and</strong> Task Help.<br />

Activate the partitions <strong>and</strong> enable each of the PCI buses needed for your system. Refer<br />

to the worksheet supplied with your system (Appendix B, “Example <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI<br />

Locations Charts <strong>and</strong> Worksheets“ contains a sample of this worksheet).<br />

Note: Due to an existing Windows problem, PCI bus 1 must be up in all cells before<br />

booting the server.<br />

Dorado 200 Series Servers<br />

Perform the following steps <strong>and</strong> use the partition profiles provided on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Firmware CD.<br />

1. Insert the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD (which contains the <strong>XPC</strong>-L installation application) into<br />

the CD-ROM drive of the Service Processor of the Dorado Series server being used<br />

as the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server <strong>and</strong> cancel the installation program that starts automatically.<br />

2. Refer to the appropriate part of the worksheet (see Table B–1 through Table B–7)<br />

supplied with your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system; compare the locations of the VI cards in the PCI<br />

slots of your server to determine whether the <strong>XPC</strong>-L partition is in pod 0/ , 2 (lower<br />

profile) or in pod 1, 3 (upper profile).<br />

3. Copy the /PartitionProfiles directory from the CD to the C:\ drive on the Dorado<br />

Series server Service Processor <strong>and</strong> install the appropriate profile (<strong>XPC</strong>LLower.ptn or<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>LUpper.ptn) to the /PartitionProfiles directory. Repeat this for each Service<br />

Processor (master <strong>and</strong> slave).<br />

4. Use Server Sentinel to activate the partition <strong>XPC</strong>LLower for each of your <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

servers. Enable each of the DIBs <strong>and</strong> SubDIBs needed for you system. Refer to the<br />

appropriate part of the worksheet (see Table B–1 through Table B–7) supplied with<br />

your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system <strong>and</strong> compare the locations of the cards in the PCI slots of your<br />

server.<br />

2–16 6885 3522–003


Notes:<br />

This applies to Dorado 200 Series servers only.<br />

<strong>Installation</strong><br />

• You must use the appropriate partition profile provided on the release media. These<br />

profiles work for all installations. Contact Unisys if you think that the delivered files<br />

will not work with your installation.. Do not attempt to create or use partition profiles<br />

other than those delivered.<br />

• The partition profiles provided on the release media configure all possible PCI buses<br />

<strong>and</strong> bridges. During initialization, the system displays an error message for each<br />

component not found. Verify that each component identified as not being found<br />

really does not exist at your installation.<br />

Refer to the appropriate Server Sentinel documentation for specific information about<br />

creating partitions on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers.<br />

2.2.1.3. Installing Platform Software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

All default Dorado Series server software is required on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers.<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L system uses one or more Dorado Series servers running the Windows 2003,<br />

Enterprise Edition, operating system. You have the following general options when<br />

ordering an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system:<br />

• An <strong>XPC</strong>-L system that includes a Dorado Series server with cabinet.<br />

• An <strong>XPC</strong>-L system that does not include a cabinet for the Dorado Series server,<br />

where you will use an existing Dorado Series server to house one <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Server with Cabinet<br />

If you ordered an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system which included a Dorado Series server with cabinet,<br />

most of the software would have already been installed. Perform the following steps to<br />

install the rest of the server platform software.<br />

Note: The mouse is disabled; Use the tab key to move through the available fields <strong>and</strong><br />

buttons.<br />

1. Start the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Partition from Server Sentinel.<br />

The system boots <strong>and</strong> the Windows Setup Wizard appears.<br />

2. Press the tab key to go to Next <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

6885 3522–003 2–17


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

3. When the End User Software License Agreement appears, request a representative<br />

of the customer to perform the following steps to accept the End User License<br />

Agreements (EULA):<br />

a. Read the license agreements, using the Page Up <strong>and</strong> Page Down keys to<br />

scroll as necessary.<br />

b. Click I accept the agreement for each EULA <strong>and</strong> then press the tab key to<br />

select Next <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

The Regional <strong>and</strong> Language Options dialog box appears.<br />

Note: A customer representative must accept software license agreements; a<br />

Unisys service representative cannot perform these functions.<br />

4. Press Enter.<br />

The Personalize Your Software dialog box appears.<br />

5. Type your name <strong>and</strong> the name of your company or organization, then select Next<br />

using the tab key <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

The Licensing Modes dialog box appears.<br />

6. Press Enter.<br />

7. Use the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> Information part of the worksheet provided with your system<br />

(see Table B–8 for an example of this table) to respond to the resulting computer<br />

name <strong>and</strong> password display.<br />

− Type the name written in the appropriate row under the Computer Name column<br />

of the worksheet into the Name box.<br />

− Type a password of your choice in the Password box.<br />

8. Set the Date, Time, <strong>and</strong> Time Zone fields appropriately.<br />

9. Select Next using the tab key <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

The Network Settings dialog box appears.<br />

10. Select the Typical option, then select Next using the tab key <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

The Workgroup or Computer Domain dialog box appears.<br />

11. Select the No option to select Workgroup.<br />

12. Select Next using the tab key <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

13. Select FINISH using the tab key <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

The system reboots.<br />

14. After the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server reboots, log on as administrator so you can configure the<br />

maintenance LAN IP address for Call Home.<br />

15. On the Start menu, point to settings <strong>and</strong> click Control Panel.<br />

2–18 6885 3522–003


16. Double-click the Network <strong>and</strong> Internet connections category.<br />

<strong>Installation</strong><br />

The Network <strong>and</strong> Internet connections window appears. This window consists of<br />

two parts; the top part has the caption Pick a task <strong>and</strong> the lower part has the<br />

caption or pick a Control Panel icon with labeled icons below it.<br />

17. On the lower part of the window, click Network Connections. The Network<br />

Connections window appears.<br />

18. Click Start, point to Settings <strong>and</strong> select Network Connections.<br />

19. Right-click the LAN connection labeled LAN2 <strong>and</strong> select Properties.<br />

20. Click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to highlight it.<br />

21. Click Properties.<br />

The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box appears.<br />

22. Type the IP address for the appropriate <strong>XPC</strong>-L server <strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong>-L platform referring to<br />

Table B–8.<br />

23. Type the appropriate subnet mask.<br />

24. Leave the boxes Default gateway, DNS server, <strong>and</strong> Alternate DNS server<br />

blank.<br />

25. Click OK to close the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window.<br />

26. Click Close to close the Local Area Connection Properties window.<br />

27. Close Control Panel.<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Server without Cabinet<br />

If you ordered an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system which does not include a cabinet for the Dorado Series<br />

server, where you will use an existing Dorado Series server to house one <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server,<br />

refer to the appropriate documents in the following list for the hardware platform<br />

installation procedure. Note that you must refer to the information specific to Windows<br />

2003, Enterprise Edition, as well as the information appropriate for your Dorado Series<br />

server.<br />

• ClearPath Plus Server Dorado 300 Series Install & Config Gd, Vol 5 Set Up OS 2200<br />

& Intel Part for Dorado 300 Series servers or ClearPath Plus Server Dorado Series<br />

Install & Config <strong>Guide</strong>, Vol 5: Set Up OS 2200 & Intel Part for Dorado 100 Series<br />

servers <strong>and</strong> Dorado 200 Series servers<br />

• Windows 2003, Enterprise Edition (32-Bit Version) Information Notice<br />

6885 3522–003 2–19


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

While installing the platform software, ensure that all the subDIBs (Dorado 200 Series<br />

servers) or PCI buses (Dorado 300 Series servers) with VI cards are down in the partition<br />

during the installation procedures. You must also use the IP addresses <strong>and</strong> host names<br />

identified on the worksheets provided with the system (see Table B–8 <strong>and</strong> Table B–9 for<br />

examples of these worksheets). Following the completion of the platform software<br />

installation procedures in the preceding reference documents, perform the following<br />

steps:<br />

1. Refer to “Increasing the Size of the Windows Nonpaged Pool” later in this<br />

subsection for instructions on how to increase the size of the nonpaged pool in<br />

Windows.<br />

2. Shut down Windows.<br />

3. Bring up the subDIBs containing the VI cards.<br />

4. Start the partition.<br />

5. Refer to “Installing VI Card Driver Software” later in this subsection for instructions<br />

on how to install the software driver for the VI cards in the Intel partition of an<br />

existing Dorado Series server.<br />

6. After the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server reboots, log on as administrator in order to configure the<br />

Maintenance LAN IP address for Call Home.<br />

7. On the Start menu, point to settings <strong>and</strong> click Control Panel.<br />

8. Double-click the Network <strong>and</strong> Internet connections category.<br />

The Network <strong>and</strong> Internet connections window appears. There are two parts to this<br />

window; the top part has the caption Pick a task <strong>and</strong> the lower part has the<br />

caption or pick a Control Panel Icon with labeled icons below it.<br />

9. On the lower part of the window, click Network Connections. The Network<br />

Connections window appears.<br />

10. From the Start menu, choose Settings, <strong>and</strong> then select Network Connections.<br />

11. Right-click the LAN connection labeled LAN2 <strong>and</strong> select Properties.<br />

12. Click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to highlight it.<br />

13. Click Properties.<br />

The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box appears.<br />

14. Type the IP address for the appropriate <strong>XPC</strong>-L server <strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong>-L platform from<br />

Table B–8.<br />

15. Type the appropriate Subnet mask.<br />

16. Leave the boxes Default gateway, DNS server, <strong>and</strong> Alternate DNS server<br />

blank.<br />

17. Click OK to close the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window.<br />

18. Click Close to close the Local Area Connection Properties window.<br />

19. Close Control Panel.<br />

2–20 6885 3522–003


Increasing the Size of the Windows Nonpaged Pool<br />

<strong>Installation</strong><br />

If you ordered an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system that included a cabinet, all of the required platform<br />

software is already installed, including the modification to increase the size of the<br />

nonpaged pool in Windows.<br />

If you ordered an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system that did not include a cabinet for the Dorado Series<br />

server, where you will use an existing Dorado Series server to house one <strong>XPC</strong>-L server,<br />

perform the following steps:<br />

1. Ensure that Windows has booted on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

2. Log on as an administrator.<br />

3. Insert the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD into the CD-ROM drive of the Intel partition of the<br />

Dorado Series server.<br />

You might receive the installation setup dialog box for <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control after inserting<br />

the CD. Do not install <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control onto the server.<br />

4. Navigate to CD-ROM_drive_letter:/Server Registry Changes/ <strong>and</strong> double-click<br />

<strong>System</strong> Pages.reg.<br />

A message appears in the Registry Editor asking you to confirm if you wanted to add<br />

the information to the registry.<br />

5. Click Yes.<br />

A message appears in the Registry Editor stating that the information has been<br />

successfully entered into the registry.<br />

6. Click OK.<br />

7. Remove the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD from the CD-ROM drive of the Intel partition of the<br />

Dorado Series server <strong>and</strong> reboot the server to make these changes effective.<br />

6885 3522–003 2–21


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

Installing VI Card Driver Software<br />

If you ordered an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system that included a cabinet, all of the required platform<br />

software is already installed, including VI card driver software.<br />

If you ordered an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system that did not include a cabinet, where you will use an<br />

existing Dorado Series server to house one <strong>XPC</strong>-L server, perform the following steps:<br />

1. With all necessary hardware components installed <strong>and</strong> enabled, power on <strong>and</strong> boot<br />

the Intel partition of the Dorado Series server.<br />

2. Log on as an administrator.<br />

The hardware message displays the message Can Windows connect to Windows<br />

update search for software?<br />

3. Click No, not at this time. Then click Next.<br />

A Found new hardware window appears.<br />

4. Leave Install Automatically selected, but do not click Next.<br />

5. Insert the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD into the CD-ROM drive of the Intel partition of the<br />

Dorado Series server.<br />

You might see the installation setup dialog box for <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control after inserting the<br />

CD. If you do, click Cancel; do not install <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control onto the server.<br />

A message in the Hardware <strong>Installation</strong> window states that this adapter did not pass<br />

Windows Logo testing.<br />

6. Click Continue Anyway.<br />

The VI card software driver is installed.<br />

7. Click Finish.<br />

A Found new hardware window appears.<br />

8. Ensure that Install Automatically is selected <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

9. Repeat steps 6 through 8 for each VI card until the software driver is installed for all<br />

cards.<br />

10. Remove the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD from the CD-ROM drive of the Intel partition of the<br />

Dorado Series server.<br />

2–22 6885 3522–003


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

Perform the following steps to change the network settings for each of the VI cards:<br />

1. On the Start menu, point to Settings <strong>and</strong> click Control Panel.<br />

2. Double-click Network Connections.<br />

A Network Connections window appears.<br />

3. Right-click one of the VI cards <strong>and</strong> select Properties.<br />

A Local Area Connection Properties window appears.<br />

4. Clear each of the check boxes listed under This connection uses the<br />

following items.<br />

5. Select the Show icon in notification area when connected check box.<br />

6. Clear Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectivity<br />

check box.<br />

7. Click OK.<br />

8. Repeat steps 3 through 7 for each VI card.<br />

9. Close the Network Connections window.<br />

10. Reboot the server.<br />

Caution<br />

1. You must change the network settings for each VI card. Failure to do so<br />

could result in unpredictable behavior.<br />

2. Do not perform these network setting changes for non-VI cards such as<br />

the Ethernet cards in the system.<br />

6885 3522–003 2–23


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

2.2.1.4. Installing Platform Software on the OS 2200 Hosts<br />

All default OS 2200 software is required to be installed on the OS 2200 hosts. Refer to<br />

OS 2200 software installation documentation for installation procedures. After loading<br />

default OS 2200 software, you have to load PCIOP microcode that contains drivers for<br />

the VI cards.<br />

There are two ways of installing microcode files on <strong>XPC</strong>-L XIIPs; both use the MCLOAD<br />

utility. One method is to load the microcode files directly from the released tape; the<br />

other method is to load the files from a cataloged file on to the system.<br />

New platform microcode for XIIPs is released on a tape containing two files. The first file<br />

contains information about the definition files <strong>and</strong> their origin in program file format. The<br />

second file contains the microcode that will be transferred to the XIIP by the MCLOAD<br />

utility in a data file in COPYG format.<br />

The first mechanism for loading the platform software on the host is to use MCLOAD in the<br />

IOPUTIL runstream to load from tape. The MCLOAD utility uses PCFP to position the tape to<br />

the specified file <strong>and</strong> loads the microcode from that file to a scratch file before<br />

transferring it to the XIIP. This process requires loading a tape for each XIIP that is<br />

reloaded.<br />

The second mechanism uses a dem<strong>and</strong> runstream to copy the second file of the<br />

platform microcode release tape onto a cataloged file <strong>and</strong> then reference it with runs of<br />

the IOPUTIL utility. The procedure for doing this is to enter the following comm<strong>and</strong>s from<br />

a dem<strong>and</strong> run or to construct a runstream to be started from the operator console that<br />

includes these comm<strong>and</strong>s:<br />

@ASG,TJ PLATFORM.,T,[reel] . Assign the unlabeled Platform Release tape.<br />

@MOVE PLATFORM.,1 . Skip to second file on the Platform Release tape<br />

@ASG,C MCODE-XIIP,F///1000 . Catalog a large enough file for microcode to load<br />

@COPY,G PLATFORM.,MCODE-XIIP. . Copy the platform microcode to mass storage<br />

@CHG,R MCODE-XIIP. . For safety make the file Read-Only<br />

@FREE PLATFORM.<br />

The IOPUTIL can now be used to load microcode to all XIIPs in the configuration without<br />

the need to mount tapes. Note that the microcode file on mass storage is not cataloged<br />

as public <strong>and</strong> is made “read-only“ for safety. As usual for site management files, the<br />

normal site security methods must be used to ensure that the IOPUTIL runstream runs<br />

with access privileges that allow it to read the MCODE-XIIP file.<br />

2–24 6885 3522–003


2.2.2. Preparing to Install <strong>XPC</strong>-L Software<br />

<strong>Installation</strong><br />

Extended Processing Complex-Locking (<strong>XPC</strong>-L) software installation consists of the<br />

following three parts:<br />

• <strong>Installation</strong> <strong>and</strong> configuration of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstations<br />

• <strong>Installation</strong> <strong>and</strong> configuration of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L lock manager software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

servers<br />

• <strong>Installation</strong> <strong>and</strong> configuration of OS 2200 Exec features on or Dorado Series servers<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L lock manager software installation is initiated from the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software.<br />

Exec features are installed using the st<strong>and</strong>ard SOLAR installation process to create an<br />

Exec boot tape. The Site <strong>Configuration</strong> Management <strong>System</strong> (SCMS) used to create the<br />

system definition for the OS2200 system is also used to include the <strong>XPC</strong>-L in the host<br />

configuration.<br />

It does not matter whether you install the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software or configure the<br />

OS 2200 Exec to use <strong>XPC</strong>-L first. However, you must start the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software<br />

before the Exec can access the <strong>XPC</strong>-L.<br />

The following is an overview of <strong>XPC</strong>-L software installation:<br />

1. Prepare to install software.<br />

• Modify the default hosts file on each <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation <strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

server.<br />

• Create a configuration file (ASCII) <strong>and</strong> store it on each <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation.<br />

• Create user accounts <strong>and</strong> update security settings on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstations <strong>and</strong> on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers.<br />

• Create shared folders on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers.<br />

2. Install software required by the <strong>XPC</strong>-L product on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations.<br />

3. Install software required by the <strong>XPC</strong>-L product on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers.<br />

4. Install software required by the <strong>XPC</strong>-L product on the hosts.<br />

6885 3522–003 2–25


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

2.2.2.1. Modifying the Hosts File<br />

Perform the following steps to modify the default hosts file on each <strong>XPC</strong>-L server <strong>and</strong><br />

each <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

Note: If you ordered an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system that included a cabinet for the Dorado Series<br />

server, the hosts file would have already been modified. The hosts file is also modified<br />

appropriately on each <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

1. Copy the default hosts file appropriate for your server type from the root of the<br />

installation CD-ROM to a diskette. For example,<br />

− For Dorado 300 systems, copy z:\Dorado 300\hosts to a:\hosts.<br />

− For Dorado 200 systems, copy z:\hosts to a:\hosts.<br />

2. Log on to the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation as an administrator <strong>and</strong> use<br />

Windows Notepad to open the following file:<br />

C:\Windows\system32\drivers\etc\hosts<br />

The default file contains comments explaining the format of the entries it contains.<br />

3. Log on to the backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation (if the backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation exists in your configuration) as an administrator <strong>and</strong> copy the hosts file<br />

from the diskette to the following location, replacing the existing file:<br />

C:\Windows\system32\drivers\etc\hosts<br />

4. Log on to the primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L server as an administrator <strong>and</strong> copy the hosts file from<br />

the diskette to the following location, replacing the existing file:<br />

C:\Windows\system32\drivers\etc\hosts<br />

5. Modify the hosts file for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server Maintenance LAN for your appropriate<br />

Platform. Also add this IP address to the hosts file of the Service Processor.<br />

6. Log on to the secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L server (if the secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L server exists in your<br />

configuration) as an administrator <strong>and</strong> copy the hosts file from the diskette to the<br />

following location, replacing the existing file:<br />

C:\Windows\system32\drivers\etc\hosts<br />

7. Modify the hosts file for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server maintenance LAN for your appropriate<br />

platform. Also add this IP address to the hosts file of the Service Processor.<br />

2–26 6885 3522–003


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

----------------------------------------------------------------------------<br />

# Copyright (c) 1993-1999 Microsoft Corp.<br />

#<br />

# This is a sample HOSTS file used by Microsoft TCP/IP for Windows.<br />

#<br />

# This file contains the mappings of IP addresses to host names. Each<br />

# entry should be kept on an individual line. The IP address should<br />

# be placed in the first column followed by the corresponding host name.<br />

# The IP address <strong>and</strong> the host name should be separated by at least one<br />

# space.<br />

#<br />

# Additionally, comments (such as these) may be inserted on individual<br />

# lines or following the machine name denoted by a '#' symbol.<br />

#<br />

# For example:<br />

#<br />

# 102.54.94.97 rhino.acme.com # source server<br />

# 38.25.63.10 x.acme.com # x client host<br />

#<br />

127.0.0.1 localhost<br />

192.168.225.1 P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L # primary xpc-l server (Eth 1)<br />

192.168.225.2 S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L # secondary xpc-l server (Eth 1)<br />

192.168.225.3 Active-<strong>XPC</strong>-Ctl # active xpc-l control pc (Eth 1)<br />

192.168.225.4 Backup-<strong>XPC</strong>-Ctl # backup xpc-l control pc (Eth 1)<br />

#<br />

192.168.226.1 P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L # primary xpc-l server (Eth 2)<br />

192.168.226.2 S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L # secondary xpc-l server (Eth 2)<br />

192.168.226.3 Active-<strong>XPC</strong>-Ctl # active xpc-l control pc (Eth 2)<br />

192.168.226.4 Backup-<strong>XPC</strong>-Ctl # backup xpc-l control pc (Eth 2)<br />

# Call Home for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers requires a seperate lan connection to the<br />

Service<br />

# Processors Maintenance lan. You need to modify this host file for the<br />

ES7000 platform<br />

# that you are using. You also need to add the IP addresses to the Service<br />

Processor<br />

# HOSTS file.<br />

#172.26.3.20 P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L # primary xpc-l server maintenance lan<br />

(ES7000/one)<br />

#172.26.3.21 S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L # secondary xpc-l server maintenance lan<br />

(ES7000/one)<br />

#192.168.222.4 P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L # primary xpc-l server maintenance lan<br />

(ES7000/550)<br />

#192.168.222.5 S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L # secondary xpc-l server maintenance lan<br />

(ES7000/550)<br />

Example 2–1. Example Hosts File<br />

6885 3522–003 2–27


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

2.2.2.2. Creating a <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

If you ordered an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system that included a cabinet, a configuration file matching the<br />

ordered system is included. This file is the ConfigFile.txt on C: of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstations. If you want to modify the file, refer to “3.4 <strong>Configuration</strong> File.“<br />

If you ordered an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system that did not include a cabinet, because you plan to use<br />

an existing Dorado Series server to house one <strong>XPC</strong>-L server, use the appropriate part of<br />

the worksheet (see Table B–1 through Table B–7) supplied with your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system as<br />

input for creating a configuration file. Appendix B, “Example <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI Locations<br />

Charts <strong>and</strong> Worksheets“ contains a sample of this chart. Two default ConfigFile.txt<br />

files are included with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD. The ConfigFile.txt file for the Dorado<br />

200 Platform is available at the root directory <strong>and</strong> the ConfigFile.txt file for the Dorado<br />

300 Platform in the Dorado 300 folder.<br />

Use an ASCII text editor <strong>and</strong> information available in the worksheet to create an <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong> file (required for the installation steps in “Identifying the Location of the<br />

configuration file“) that describes the connections between the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers <strong>and</strong> the<br />

hosts. Store the <strong>XPC</strong>-L configuration on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation that will initially<br />

be the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation (“Identifying the Location of the <strong>Configuration</strong><br />

File“ solicits the location of the file). Also, maintain a copy of the configuration file on any<br />

backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation. Subsection “3.4.1 <strong>Configuration</strong> File Syntax“ defines<br />

the configuration file parameters in detail.<br />

2.2.2.3. Creating User Names <strong>and</strong> Updating Local Security Policies<br />

Note: If you ordered an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system that included a cabinet for the Dorado Series<br />

server, the user names would have already been created <strong>and</strong> the local security policies<br />

would have already been updated.<br />

Create two local user names (Windows users) on each <strong>XPC</strong>-L server <strong>and</strong> on each <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation:<br />

• The user name under which <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control runs. This username will be a member of<br />

the Administrators group <strong>and</strong> must be identical on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers <strong>and</strong> on all<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations.<br />

• The user name for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server service. This username will be a member of the<br />

Administrators group <strong>and</strong> must be identical on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers <strong>and</strong> on all <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstations.<br />

2–28 6885 3522–003


Define user rights for each <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server service running on each <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

<strong>Installation</strong><br />

• <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control: User Rights Assignment—who can access the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation over the LAN (Access this computer from the network: Either<br />

select Everyone or add the user name under which the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server service runs).<br />

• <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server: User Rights Assignment—what privileges the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation will have when accessing the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server (Access this computer<br />

from the network) <strong>and</strong> what privileges the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server service will have on the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L server (Log on as a service <strong>and</strong> Lock pages in memory).<br />

• <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control: Security Options—increases the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server's access privilege from<br />

the default of “Guest“ when it logs onto the <strong>XPC</strong>-L workstation.<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations<br />

The following steps are already performed for each <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation; the<br />

following information is given to show how the user names <strong>and</strong> user rights on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstations correlate to those on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers.<br />

Use the User Name/Password Information part of the worksheet (see Table B–9) while<br />

performing the following steps:<br />

1. Add the defined user name under which <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control will run to the Windows<br />

Administrators group (refer to “A.1 Creating a New User Name“).<br />

2. Add the defined user name under which the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server service will run to the<br />

Windows Administrators group (refer to “A.1 Creating a New User Name“).<br />

3. Set the user rights assignment Access this computer from the network to<br />

include Everyone or the user name under which <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server service runs (refer to<br />

“A.2 Setting User Rights Assignments“).<br />

Note: You may not want to set Access this computer from the network to<br />

Everyone for security reasons—specifying individual user names that are allowed<br />

to access the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation provides greater security.<br />

4. Change the security option Network Access: sharing <strong>and</strong> security model<br />

for local accounts from Guest only—local users authenticate as Guest<br />

to Classic—local users authenticate as themselves (refer to “A.3 Setting<br />

Security Options“).<br />

5. Reboot the workstation to make the user rights changes effective.<br />

6885 3522–003 2–29


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

Log on to each <strong>XPC</strong>-L server as an administrator <strong>and</strong> perform the following steps:<br />

1. Create a user name for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server service (refer to “A.1 Creating a New User<br />

Name“). Add this user name to the Windows Administrators group. This name<br />

is used by Windows as a local log on, so it must be set up on the servers without a<br />

domain specification. After it is entered, the user name should appear preceded by<br />

servername\ <strong>and</strong> not domainname\ when displayed in the Administrators group.<br />

2. Set the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server service user name (or a group of which it is a member) to have<br />

the user rights assignments of Log on as service <strong>and</strong> Lock pages in memory<br />

(refer to “A.2 Setting User Rights Assignments“).<br />

3. Create a user name under which <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control will run (refer to “A.1 Creating a<br />

New User Name“). Add this user name to the Windows Administrators group<br />

on this server.<br />

4. Set the user rights assignment Access this computer from the network to<br />

Everyone or to the user name under which <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control runs (refer to “A.2<br />

Setting User Rights Assignments“).<br />

Note: You may not want to set Access this computer from the network to<br />

Everyone for security reasons specifying individual user names that are allowed to<br />

access the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation provides greater security.<br />

5. Reboot the server to make the user rights changes effective.<br />

2–30 6885 3522–003


2.2.2.4. Creating Shared Folders<br />

<strong>Installation</strong><br />

Note: In an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system that includes a cabinet for the Dorado Series server, the<br />

shared folders would have already been created.<br />

A shared folder <strong>XPC</strong>-L SHARE is used on each <strong>XPC</strong>-L server for various <strong>XPC</strong>-L files,<br />

including the following:<br />

• Executable files<br />

• DLLs<br />

• Log files<br />

• Dump files<br />

Log onto each <strong>XPC</strong>-L server as an administrator <strong>and</strong> create the shared folder in the C:<br />

root directory as follows:<br />

1. Launch Windows Explorer.<br />

2. Select New on the File menu to create a folder. Name the folder <strong>XPC</strong>-L SHARE.<br />

3. Right-click the <strong>XPC</strong>-L SHARE folder <strong>and</strong> click Properties.<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L SHARE Properties dialog box appears<br />

4. Click Sharing tab.<br />

5. Select the Share this folder check box <strong>and</strong> type <strong>XPC</strong>-L SHARE in the Share<br />

name box.<br />

6. Click Permissions.<br />

7. Select the Full Control, Change, <strong>and</strong> Read check boxes. Click Apply, <strong>and</strong> then<br />

click OK.<br />

8. Click Apply, <strong>and</strong> then click OK to complete the creation of the shared folder.<br />

Notes:<br />

• The <strong>XPC</strong>-L SHARE folder will already exist if the server has been previously<br />

prepared for use as an <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

• If you map the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Share folder on either <strong>XPC</strong>-L server or <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation, it must be mapped with the same user name as the one used for<br />

running <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control.<br />

6885 3522–003 2–31


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

2.2.3. Installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation Software<br />

To install the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software, you must be logged on to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation as an administrator. The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software runs as a Windows<br />

application. Use the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation software to install <strong>XPC</strong>-L server software<br />

on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L platforms.<br />

When you install the software on each <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation, ensure that no other<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation has the <strong>XPC</strong>-L control application software running on it. This<br />

is because having more than one active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation at a time causes<br />

problems.<br />

2.2.3.1. Installing the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Software<br />

Note: The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software has already been installed on each <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation. The following information is provided for use in the case where you need to<br />

reinstall the software.<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD contains the installation application, the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software,<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong>-L service executable file, <strong>and</strong> associated libraries. The installation program is an<br />

InstallShield script. It gives you options to create a shortcut icon on the desktop <strong>and</strong> to<br />

set automatic start of <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control when you boot the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation. At the end of the installation process, the installation program gives you the<br />

option of starting the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software.<br />

1. Load the CD into the CD drive of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

The installation application should begin the installation process. If the installation<br />

application does not load immediately on Windows Explorer, double-click setup.exe<br />

in the root directory of the CD.<br />

The Install Shield Wizard dialog box appears.<br />

2. Click Next.<br />

The installation program prompts you to set the location of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

program going to be installed.<br />

3. Click Next to install the software on the default destination folder.<br />

The default folder is C:\Program Files\Unisys\<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control\.<br />

4. Click YES in response to the dialog box about creating a desktop icon.<br />

5. Click NO in response to the dialog box about setting automatic restart of program.<br />

6. At the end of installation, select I would like to launch <strong>XPC</strong> L Control check<br />

box if you would like to launch <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control immediately.<br />

7. Click Finish.<br />

2–32 6885 3522–003


The State File<br />

<strong>Installation</strong><br />

The state file contains the software license code, <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation names, the<br />

server names of the default <strong>and</strong> current master platforms, <strong>and</strong> the state (“up“ or<br />

“down“) of interfaces. The state file is an ASCII text file <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control.ini. This file is<br />

located in C:\ when <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control is first run <strong>and</strong> is retrieved from there on subsequent<br />

runs.<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control displays a warning box on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation reminding you<br />

that only one <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation can be active on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L private LAN at a<br />

time. Stop the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software on any other <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations before<br />

clicking Yes on this warning box.<br />

2.2.3.2. Identifying the Location of the <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L configuration file is an ASCII text file that describes the VI card configuration<br />

of the primary <strong>and</strong> secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers. You created this configuration file using<br />

steps in “2.2.2.2 Creating a <strong>Configuration</strong> File.“<br />

The master <strong>XPC</strong>-L server validates the configuration data during initialization. The<br />

configuration data provides information about the <strong>XPC</strong>-L platforms in the configuration<br />

(the first one identified in the file is the primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L server), <strong>and</strong> various parameters<br />

that identify the hardware that connects the components of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system.<br />

Subsection “3.4.1 <strong>Configuration</strong> File Syntax“ defines the configuration file parameters in<br />

greater detail.<br />

Upon executing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control on a given workstation, <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control displays a message<br />

box indicating that a configuration file must be opened. This happens when it detects<br />

that <strong>XPC</strong>-L configuration data is not available in the State File, indicating that a<br />

configuration file must be opened. Click OK.<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control then displays its log in window <strong>and</strong> the main window. The menu items<br />

Action <strong>and</strong> Tools become available after a configuration file is opened.<br />

Click Open Config File on the File menu to browse to <strong>and</strong> open the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

configuration file.<br />

At this point, <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control attempts to connect to the primary <strong>and</strong> secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Servers to determine the current status of the servers.<br />

If one or both of the servers are not currently booted, there will be a considerable delay<br />

(a couple of minutes) as Windows searches the entire network for the servers.<br />

Eventually, the status is displayed in a Select Server pane as “Server not found“ (see<br />

Figure 2–3).<br />

6885 3522–003 2–33


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

Figure 2–3. <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Window: Select Server Pane<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control retains the currently opened configuration data in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control State<br />

file until you choose to load a new configuration file. The server names from that<br />

configuration data are displayed as the server names for the primary <strong>and</strong> secondary<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L servers at the top of the main window <strong>and</strong> are used by <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control to<br />

communicate with the servers. Subsection “3.4.1 <strong>Configuration</strong> File Syntax“ describes<br />

the configuration file in detail.<br />

If you will be installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software on another <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation,<br />

exit from this copy of the software; only one copy must be running at a time within the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L private LAN during installation.<br />

2–34 6885 3522–003


2.2.4. Installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server Software<br />

<strong>Installation</strong><br />

Note: If you ordered an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system which included a cabinet for the Dorado Series<br />

server, the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server software would have already been installed.<br />

Use the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software to install <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers.<br />

Note: A prerequisite for installation of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server software is that a directory<br />

must exist on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L platform whose shared name is <strong>XPC</strong>-L Share (see “2.2.1<br />

Installing Platform Software“).<br />

1. Run <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation <strong>and</strong> click Install <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Software on the Tools menu.<br />

Note: Upon initial execution of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software, the Action <strong>and</strong> Tools<br />

menu selections are inactive until a configuration file is opened. Click Open Config<br />

File on the File menu <strong>and</strong> point it to the configuration file created in “Creating a<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong> File.“<br />

2. Make sure the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers are booted.<br />

If either entry under Servers in the main window displays “Server not found“ as its<br />

status, then either the server is not booted or the name of the server in the<br />

configuration file is incorrect. You can continue to the next step, once the Select<br />

Server display has been updated with “Service not found“ (the software has not<br />

been installed yet) or “Stopped“ (the software is being reinstalled, thus the service<br />

is stopped).<br />

6885 3522–003 2–35


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

3. Install the <strong>XPC</strong>-L executable <strong>and</strong> DLLs on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers:<br />

Select each server in turn by clicking the server name in the Select Server pane.<br />

Click Tools, <strong>and</strong> then click Install <strong>XPC</strong>-L Software to install the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

service on the selected server.<br />

a. The License Code dialog box appears, soliciting the license code for the<br />

specific combination of configured <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers. The license code is available<br />

on a worksheet provided by Unisys; Appendix B, “Example <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI<br />

Locations Charts <strong>and</strong> Worksheets“ shows example worksheets.<br />

The dialog box validates the format of the license code. The license code is<br />

further verified during the <strong>XPC</strong>-L initialization process following a start <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

comm<strong>and</strong>. If the verification check fails, the <strong>XPC</strong>-L will not initialize correctly <strong>and</strong><br />

you will have to reinstall the software.<br />

b. If <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control finds that the service is already installed on the selected server,<br />

it skips the solicitation of a user name <strong>and</strong> password.<br />

If the <strong>XPC</strong>-L service was not previously installed, the User name window<br />

appears. Enter the user name <strong>and</strong> password that was set up for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

service on the selected server <strong>and</strong> on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation (see<br />

“2.2.2 Preparing to Install <strong>XPC</strong>-L Software“). Click OK.<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control then copies the <strong>XPC</strong>-L executable <strong>and</strong> DLLs to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Share<br />

folder on that server <strong>and</strong> automatically creates the <strong>XPC</strong>-L service on that server.<br />

You can observe the results in the Log window.<br />

Once this step has been successfully completed, the state of the service in the<br />

Select Server pane is updated with Stopped.<br />

Repeat step 3 for the secondary server after selecting it by clicking its name in the<br />

Select Server pane (Figure 2–3).<br />

2–36 6885 3522–003


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

4. You have now completed installing the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server software on the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation. Unisys recommends that you copy the most current<br />

configuration <strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control.ini files to backup media so that they can be<br />

loaded before starting <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control on a newly installed <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

<strong>and</strong> on any backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations you have.<br />

Perform the following steps to create a backup of these files:<br />

a. Insert writeable media into the DVD drive on the currently active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation.<br />

b. Close any window that pops up upon inserting the blank media into the drive.<br />

c. Open an instance of Windows Explorer.<br />

d. The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control.ini file (also referred to as the state file) is located in<br />

C:\<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control.ini.<br />

e. Copy C:\<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control.ini to the backup media.<br />

f. Copy the <strong>XPC</strong>-L configuration file (the default file name is ConfigFile.txt) from<br />

its location to the backup media.<br />

g. With the DVD drive highlighted, click Write these Files to CD on the File<br />

menu in the upper left corner of Windows Explorer.<br />

h. Remove the media, label it “<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control.ini (‘State file’) & <strong>Configuration</strong> file<br />

backup,“ <strong>and</strong> put the date on it.<br />

i. Insert the media back into the DVD <strong>and</strong> verify the files are present.<br />

j. Remove the media <strong>and</strong> store it for safe keeping.<br />

k. Close Windows Explorer.<br />

5. Now you need to install the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server software from all of your backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstations so the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control.ini file on the backup workstation has<br />

all the required information (such as the License code) in it. You also want to make<br />

sure you have the current configuration file that was saved in step 4 copied to all of<br />

the backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations.<br />

a. On the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation click Exit on the File menu to close<br />

out the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

b. Start <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control on the backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

An <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control alert message says that the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers were being<br />

controlled by the other workstation <strong>and</strong> that you need to load a configuration file.<br />

c. Click OK.<br />

d. In <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control, click Open Config File on the File menu, browse to the<br />

config.txt file for this system, <strong>and</strong> click Open.<br />

e. Repeat Step 3 for any other backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations.<br />

6885 3522–003 2–37


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

2.2.5. Installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Host Software<br />

This section describes<br />

• Installing required Exec features<br />

• Modifying Operations Sentinel message text for the site<br />

2.2.5.1. Installing Exec Features<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>EXEC separately installed Exec feature is required <strong>and</strong> is ordered separately.<br />

Use st<strong>and</strong>ard SOLAR installation procedures to install <strong>XPC</strong>EXEC. Then perform a system<br />

generation (this creates a NEWMASTER tape, a boot tape, <strong>and</strong> an updated source<br />

symbolics file).<br />

You will also have ordered one additional Exec feature or feature grouping:<br />

• Multi-Host File Sharing (MHFS)<br />

• Partitioned Applications (PA)<br />

• Extended Transaction Capacity (XTC)<br />

That feature or feature grouping is installed at the same time as the <strong>XPC</strong>EXEC feature.<br />

Refer to the following documents for more information:<br />

• 2200 XP <strong>System</strong>s PMOG<br />

• Exec Software <strong>Installation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Configuration</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>, 12.0<br />

• Extended Transaction Capacity Planning, <strong>Migration</strong> <strong>and</strong> Operations <strong>Guide</strong><br />

• Partitioned Applications Planning, <strong>Installation</strong>, <strong>and</strong> Operations <strong>Guide</strong><br />

• OS 2200 Software Products <strong>Installation</strong> <strong>Guide</strong><br />

• Multi-Host File Sharing (MHFS) Planning, <strong>Installation</strong>, <strong>and</strong> Operations <strong>Guide</strong><br />

Subsection “3.3.1 Using SCMS for Dorado Series Host <strong>Configuration</strong>“ describes how to<br />

use SCMS to configure hosts to use the <strong>XPC</strong>-L.<br />

2.2.5.2. Operations Sentinel Message Text<br />

Operations Sentinel is an optional separately packaged feature. If you have Operations<br />

Sentinel on your hosts, this section describes how to modify <strong>and</strong> how to print the<br />

Operations Sentinel message text.<br />

2–38 6885 3522–003


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

Several read <strong>and</strong> reply messages related to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L inform the operator that a<br />

potentially serious situation exists. Some of these messages are displayed during a<br />

recovery boot <strong>and</strong> deal with a mismatch between the expected configuration <strong>and</strong> the<br />

actual configuration. The mismatch can be due to hardware reasons such as loss of the<br />

last available path to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L, inadvertently taking down the last path to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L, or<br />

operational errors such as using the wrong partition profile (or operations database, ODB,<br />

depending on your platform). During normal operation of the system, these messages<br />

report serious situations with an <strong>XPC</strong>-L server or <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

To assist the operator, Operations Sentinel includes a sample Autoaction Message<br />

<strong>System</strong> (AMS) database for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L messages in this category. When AMS<br />

recognizes one of these messages, the resulting actions append a highlighted message<br />

to the read <strong>and</strong> reply message that is displayed on the host console. The appended<br />

message advises the operator to go to the Operations Sentinel console for more detailed<br />

information. The automated actions also generate an Operations Sentinel alert.<br />

The operator can display the detailed information in the Operations Sentinel Console<br />

Alert Details pane.<br />

Operations Sentinel Message Text Format<br />

All of the Operations Sentinel messages related to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L have the same format.<br />

Each message consists of six parts:<br />

• FILE<br />

The number (name) of the text file that contains this message. This field also<br />

contains other control information. Each message in the AMS database related to<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong>-L has a unique Operations Sentinel text file associated with it. This is the file<br />

name to use if you modify the contents of the Operations Sentinel text file.<br />

• MESSAGE<br />

This is the Exec console message that generated the Operations Sentinel alert. The<br />

message is preceded by a line in parentheses that contains the label of the message<br />

as it is found within the Exec source code.<br />

• CONTACT<br />

This contains the name of the person that the operator should contact if this<br />

message is displayed. This field is initially set to <strong>System</strong>s Analyst or Customer<br />

Service Engineer. You can change this field to contain information that is more<br />

meaningful for your site.<br />

• DESCRIPTION<br />

This explains the source <strong>and</strong> effect of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L exception condition. This field is<br />

intended to serve as an easily underst<strong>and</strong>able explanation of the background of the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L exception, as well as an overview of the effect.<br />

6885 3522–003 2–39


<strong>Installation</strong><br />

• ACTION<br />

This provides specific actions the operator can take to resolve the <strong>XPC</strong>-L exception.<br />

In general, the host console message that generated this alert must not be<br />

answered directly by an operator without first contacting the individual indicated in<br />

the CONTACT field.<br />

More than one action might be provided for consideration. The correct action<br />

depends on your site's activities, requirements, or on other matters. You can modify<br />

the actions listed, add more actions, or entirely replace the actions with your own<br />

actions.<br />

• GLOSSARY<br />

This defines any technical terms that may be displayed in the host console message<br />

that generated this alert.<br />

Modifying Operations Sentinel Message Text<br />

As part of the XP system planning process, review the text of the Operations Sentinel<br />

messages related to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>and</strong> consider filling in the CONTACT field. It may be<br />

necessary to add to or modify the ACTION field if there are unique procedures for your<br />

site.<br />

The message files are ASCII text files that can be found in the XP C directory under the<br />

help text directory for Operations Sentinel. By default, the help text directory is defined<br />

as sp_data_directory/help/locale, where sp_data_directory is the Operations<br />

Sentinel data directory <strong>and</strong> locale is determined from the LANG environment variable;<br />

locale is C by default. For example, /var/opt/spo/help/C/<strong>XPC</strong> is the location of the<br />

message files when the default location for the Operations Sentinel data directory is<br />

selected during Operations Sentinel installation.<br />

Printing Operations Sentinel Message Text<br />

The ACTION field can be lengthy. You might want to consider having a printed copy of all<br />

of the text files related to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L available for use by the operator. Using a printed<br />

copy might be easier than scrolling through several screens of details. To print a copy of<br />

one or more of the message files, use lp [-d dest] file (dest is the print queue <strong>and</strong><br />

file is the <strong>XPC</strong>-L message file). Consult the UNIX man pages or your local UNIX<br />

specialist if you have trouble printing.<br />

You can also print the Alert Details window from Operations Sentinel Console.<br />

2–40 6885 3522–003


Section 3<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L product can be operated in one of two modes, either redundant mode (which<br />

requires two <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers) or non-redundant mode (which uses a single <strong>XPC</strong>-L server).<br />

In redundant mode, one server is designated at run time to assume the role of master<br />

<strong>and</strong> the other server is designated as the “slave.“ In the non-redundant mode, the single<br />

server assumes the role of the master <strong>XPC</strong>-L. The assignment of these roles is provided<br />

by <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control when the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers request a copy of the configuration file from<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control.<br />

This section describes how to configure:<br />

• <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation hardware (see “3.1 Configuring <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control“)<br />

• <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server hardware (see “3.2 Configuring <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers“)<br />

• Hosts to recognize the <strong>XPC</strong>-L hardware (see “3.3 Configuring Hosts“)<br />

A configuration file describes the connections <strong>and</strong> relationships among the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstations, <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers, <strong>and</strong> hosts. Figure 1–4 shows an overview of the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L system components <strong>and</strong> connections. Subsection “3.4 <strong>Configuration</strong> File“<br />

describes the configuration file.<br />

3.1. Configuring <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation configures <strong>and</strong> controls the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers. It is an Intel<br />

based workstation running Windows XP Professional. The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation is<br />

connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers through a private Ethernet network. Unisys provides the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation, including it with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L hardware. The Unisys<br />

manufacturing facility does not preconfigure the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation for the site<br />

(Ethernet addresses <strong>and</strong> so on). Preconfiguration is performed during initial setup.<br />

6885 3522–003 3–1


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

3.2. Configuring <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

Use the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation to configure <strong>and</strong> control the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers, <strong>and</strong> not<br />

the Service Processor console connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers. The Service Processor<br />

console is the interface for Dorado Series server hardware functions in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

servers.<br />

While configuration of <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers involves selecting the server that is to function as<br />

the “master,“ such initial configuration of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers is not necessary.<br />

The first <strong>XPC</strong>-L server specified in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control State file is assumed to be the<br />

primary server <strong>and</strong> is automatically started as the “master,“ followed by the secondary<br />

platform starting as the “slave.“<br />

3.3. Configuring Hosts<br />

Use SCMS to configure the hosts for use with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L product.<br />

In SCMS, define each connection to a VI card as an XIIP. Remember the following rules<br />

regarding VI card configuration:<br />

• The PDB has information about connection between the VI channel <strong>and</strong> the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

server.<br />

• The VI channel must be registered in the PDB.<br />

• The VI channel module has only one upward configurable interface to an SCIOP.<br />

• The VI channel is configured as a st<strong>and</strong>ard channel I/O processor (SCIOP) channel of<br />

a PCIOP-K (in Dorado 100 Series servers or Dorado 200 Series servers) or PCIOP-D<br />

(in Dorado 300 Series servers), or PCIOP-E (in Dorado 700 Series servers) module.<br />

• The equipment mnemonic of the VI channel is VICHN.<br />

• The equipment class of the VI channel is 3 (channel module).<br />

• Each VI channel module has a downward interface to an <strong>XPC</strong> L server.<br />

Note: SCMS II is available to create partition profiles for Dorado Series servers. Check<br />

with your Unisys representative for more information.<br />

The following table compares the names <strong>and</strong> mnemonics used by SCMS <strong>and</strong> by<br />

SCMS II. Note that mnemonics are defined by the Exec <strong>and</strong> are the same for SCMS <strong>and</strong><br />

SCMS II.<br />

SCMS Name SCMS Mnemonic SCMS II Name SCMS II Mnemonic<br />

IOPMYR SCIOP XIOP SCIOP<br />

CH-VI VICHN VICHN VICHN<br />

IOPM-XIIP XIIP DATA-MOVER XIIP<br />

3–2 6885 3522–003


<strong>Configuration</strong> Restrictions<br />

Restrictions are as follows:<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

• DataMovers <strong>and</strong> VI channel modules can be simultaneously configured, but cannot<br />

be simultaneously included in the partition profile. (DataMovers are components<br />

used with <strong>XPC</strong> systems.)<br />

• Each PCIOP can have only one VI channel module.<br />

• The maximum number of direct connect host VI channels is 64.<br />

• The maximum number of direct connect host VI channels on an <strong>XPC</strong>-L server is 16.<br />

3.3.1. Using SCMS for Dorado Series Host <strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Adding New IOP Channels for an <strong>XPC</strong>-L to an Existing OS 2200 <strong>System</strong><br />

Partition Profile (or Operations Database)<br />

1. Start with a copied <strong>and</strong> unlocked system.<br />

2. In SCMS, go to Inventory/Modify/Comprehensive page, find the power domain<br />

(PWRD) in which you will be adding or changing the IOPs <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

3. Select Features <strong>and</strong> remove any existing IOPM-XIIP (<strong>XPC</strong> I/O Interface Processor).<br />

4. If necessary, remove any IOP that is not needed or is being changed to the new IOP<br />

style for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L.<br />

5. Add one or more IOPMYRs (St<strong>and</strong>ard Channel I/O); place the new IOP in the<br />

appropriate slot of the PWRD.<br />

6. Accept the default hardware revision level. Unless your Unisys service<br />

representative differs, you can leave serial number, location, <strong>and</strong> position<br />

blank.<br />

7. Accept the default of 1 CH-VI feature.<br />

Adding <strong>XPC</strong>-L to an OS 2200 <strong>System</strong> That Does Not Currently Have an<br />

<strong>XPC</strong><br />

1. Go to Inventory/Include/Comprehensive page. Select <strong>XPC</strong> (Extended<br />

Processing Complex) at the bottom of the list.<br />

2. Enter 1 when prompted to enter the number of <strong>XPC</strong>s.<br />

3. Change the name given for the <strong>XPC</strong> if you want to use something different, but use<br />

the same name across all hosts.<br />

6885 3522–003 3–3


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Connecting the New IOPs <strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

1. Go to <strong>System</strong>/Connect/<strong>XPC</strong>.<br />

2. Place your first new IOP in the PWRD box by pressing F2 to select the CH-VI IOP<br />

channel (there must be no XIIP channels).<br />

3. If there will be more than one CH-VI IOP, tab to the next position in the PWRD box<br />

<strong>and</strong> enter the next IOP channel name.<br />

4. Press F12 when done.<br />

5. Update the description in <strong>System</strong>/Manage/Modify.<br />

When satisfied with the additions or changes to Inventory <strong>and</strong> <strong>System</strong>/Connect,<br />

continue by selecting <strong>System</strong>/Prepare/Verify <strong>and</strong> check for errors. Continue <strong>and</strong><br />

complete the usual procedure followed to create a new partition profile (or Operations<br />

Database, depending on your platform) tape or diskette.<br />

Example references:<br />

• XIP4 - St<strong>and</strong>ard Channel I/O (SCIOP)<br />

• X4CM00 - NON-BRIDGE Channel Module (CM-NONBRIDGE-S)<br />

• X4CH00 - Virtual Interface Channel (CH-VI)<br />

3.3.2. Site <strong>Configuration</strong> Management <strong>System</strong> II<br />

For ClearPath Plus servers, you use the SCMS II software tool in a Windows<br />

environment to define configurations. However, you must define each OS 2200 partition<br />

separately. Hence, it is not necessary to update the entire system configuration at once.<br />

There are also features to help you migrate from previous OS 2200 servers to ClearPath<br />

Plus servers. For information about installing <strong>and</strong> using SCMS II, refer to the ClearPath<br />

Plus Server Dorado 200, 300, 700 or 4000 Series Hardware Platform Definition<br />

Reference Manual.<br />

For more information on SCMS II refer to the Overview presentation available with the<br />

SCMS II Release CD/DVD. To start the presentation, execute SCMS_II_Overview.exe,<br />

available in the root directory of the CD/DVD.<br />

Note: If you use Microsoft Windows XP Service Pack 2, you might have a problem<br />

viewing the presentation. On selecting a topic from the Overview menu, a blank screen<br />

appears on Internet Explorer with a security warning at the top. This is because Internet<br />

Explorer considers ActiveX controls to be a potential security risk. The SCMS II Overview<br />

presentation is controlled by an ActiveX control. You can proceed with the SCMS II<br />

Overview by clicking Yes on the security warning message.<br />

3–4 6885 3522–003


3.4. <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

A configuration file (see “3.4.1 <strong>Configuration</strong> File Syntax“) defines the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

configuration for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers, specifies the names of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers, which<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L server is the primary server, the connections between the servers, <strong>and</strong> so on. A<br />

sample configuration file is provided on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L firmware release media for both the<br />

Dorado 200 Series <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers <strong>and</strong> the Dorado 300 Series <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers. Refer to the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI Locations chart supplied with your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system as input for creating<br />

a configuration file. (Appendix B, “Example <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI Locations Charts <strong>and</strong><br />

Worksheets“ contains a sample of the chart.)<br />

Two default Config.txt files are included with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD. The Config.txt file<br />

for the Dorado 200 Platform is available at the root directory <strong>and</strong> the Config.txt file for<br />

the Dorado 300 Platform in the Dorado 300 folder.<br />

The configuration file contains the basic information necessary to describe the various<br />

connections between the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers <strong>and</strong> connections between each <strong>XPC</strong>-L server<br />

<strong>and</strong> the hosts, <strong>and</strong> to verify that the two platforms have compatible connections.<br />

Remaining information is retrieved from the Windows system registry of the primary<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

For a redundant <strong>XPC</strong>-L configuration, there are two separate sections in a common file,<br />

each labeled with the Windows computer name of one of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server platforms.<br />

The configuration file may contain information for components not yet installed. The<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L server verifies nonexistent components as being correct but marks them offline.<br />

This allows for the future addition of connections between the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers or hosts<br />

without requiring a complete shutdown of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server. For example:<br />

• Adding a preconfigured VI card on an <strong>XPC</strong>-L server<br />

• Adding a preconfigured VI card on a 2200 host such that the new VI card connects to<br />

an existing VI card on an <strong>XPC</strong>-L server<br />

Generally, you can make the following changes between an <strong>XPC</strong>-L server <strong>and</strong> host<br />

components in the supported <strong>XPC</strong>-L system, without having to restart the system<br />

completely:<br />

• Replace a VI card on an <strong>XPC</strong>-L server<br />

• Replace a VI card on an OS 2200 host<br />

• Swap an entire PCIOP on an OS2200 host<br />

• Replace an entire <strong>XPC</strong>-L server (while in the down state) or various major<br />

components such as a processor or IO module. The new <strong>XPC</strong>-L server must have<br />

the same connections as its predecessor, including the changes listed in all the<br />

preceding bullets. A new license code is required to account for the new <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

server.<br />

6885 3522–003 3–5


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

The configuration file syntax contains a string of data for each VI card; the format is<br />

keyword based. Each string has an end sentinel (a semicolon) to allow the string of data<br />

associated with one VI card to be placed on multiple text lines. See “3.4.2 Sample<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong>“ for a sample configuration file.<br />

Three functional categories of VI cards are installed in an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system:<br />

• Direct-Connect (Host) path — direct path from this VI card to a host based VI card.<br />

• Synchronization (Sync) path — direct path from this VI card to the peer <strong>XPC</strong>-L,<br />

independent of which is the master <strong>and</strong> which is the slave.<br />

• Crossover (Cross-Over) path — the second leg of an indirect path from a host to one<br />

of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L platforms; the second leg passes through the other <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

Note: The term “host“ always refers to one of the OS2200 platforms being served by<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong>-L product. Each <strong>XPC</strong>-L server has a Windows computer name, such as <strong>XPC</strong>1,<br />

which is used as a “node name“ in the VI configuration. You can access this information<br />

in this way: On the Start menu, point to Control Panel, select <strong>System</strong>, select the<br />

Network Identification tab, <strong>and</strong> then click the Full computer name field.<br />

In a non-redundant configuration, there are only host connected VI cards. In a redundant<br />

configuration, every host connected VI card may be associated with a crossover VI card.<br />

In the case in which only a single <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server is initially implemented but a second<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Server is planned for, build a redundant configuration containing paths to the<br />

nonexistent <strong>XPC</strong>-L server. At startup time, the master <strong>XPC</strong>-L server detects that the<br />

slave does not yet exist <strong>and</strong> ignores the paths to the nonexistent <strong>XPC</strong>-L server. No errors<br />

are generated <strong>and</strong> no operator input is solicited.<br />

3.4.1. <strong>Configuration</strong> File Syntax<br />

The configuration file is an ASCII text file; you create it with a text editor such as<br />

Notepad. A sample configuration file is included with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L firmware; see “3.4.2<br />

Sample <strong>Configuration</strong>“ for a description of a configuration file very similar to the sample<br />

configuration file included with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L firmware.<br />

The configuration file must begin with three specific entries:<br />

• a Version entry containing an integer value that identifies the version of the file<br />

syntax<br />

• a RevisionNumber entry containing an integer value that identifies the revision<br />

number of the file<br />

• a <strong>Configuration</strong>Name entry that is an arbitrary string to identify the instance of a<br />

configuration<br />

The next entry is a <strong>System</strong>Name field that identifies an <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

The first <strong>XPC</strong>-L server defined in the configuration file is referred to as the “primary<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Server.“ There may be up to 24 VI card entries following the <strong>System</strong>Name.<br />

3–6 6885 3522–003


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

If there is a second <strong>XPC</strong>-L server, its <strong>System</strong>Name comes next, followed by up to another<br />

24 VI card entries. The second <strong>XPC</strong>-L server in a file is referred to as the “secondary<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Server.“ Note that the “primary“ <strong>and</strong> “secondary“ terms are static <strong>and</strong> do not<br />

convey the dynamic operational properties of master/slave for these systems.<br />

File entry syntax format:<br />

Version = n;<br />

RevisionNumber = n<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong>Name = ccccc;<br />

<strong>System</strong>Name = sssss;<br />

Type = ttttt, UserName = uuuuu, AssociatedUserName = aaaaa,<br />

PCIBridgeNumber = p, BusNumber = n, DeviceNumber = m,<br />

NetworkAddress = xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx, XIIPNumber = yy,<br />

PeerNodeName = ddddd, PeerUserName = eeeee,<br />

Description = iiiii;<br />

$<br />

where:<br />

Version<br />

This is an integer value defined by Unisys that identifies the current version of the<br />

syntax for the configuration entries. This value must equal 1.<br />

RevisionNumber<br />

This is a number that indicates the current revision of the configuration file. Initially,<br />

this value must be set to 1. If the configuration file is updated because of a VI card<br />

change, the value in this field is automatically incremented by one.<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong>Name<br />

This is an arbitrary string (excluding “,“,“;“ <strong>and</strong> “$“) to identify this instance of a<br />

configuration file. Its maximum length is 255 characters.<br />

<strong>System</strong>Name<br />

This is the Windows computer name (or node name) of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server, retrieved<br />

from the registry. This field can take up to 255 characters, <strong>and</strong> must not include a<br />

colon.<br />

Note: You can access this information as follows: On the Start menu, point to<br />

Control Panel, select <strong>System</strong>, select the Network Identification tab, <strong>and</strong><br />

then click the Full computer name field.<br />

Type<br />

This indicates function of the path defined by this entry (<strong>and</strong> its peer). Values are<br />

Host, Sync, Cross-Over.<br />

6885 3522–003 3–7


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

UserName<br />

This is the user supplied name of the VI card that was specified when the VI card<br />

was installed. This field can take a maximum of 16 characters. (P-DC01 in<br />

Figure 3–1is an example of UserName.)<br />

AssociatedUserName<br />

This is the other leg of an indirect path to one of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L platforms.<br />

If the file entry is type = Host, then AssociatedUserName is the local endpoint of a<br />

crossover path.<br />

If the file entry is type = Cross-Over, then this is the local endpoint of a host<br />

connected path (see Figure 3–2). If there is no associated path, this field may still be<br />

included in the entry, but set it to the NULL string. For Sync paths, this field must<br />

not be included in the entry, as the association concept does not apply to them. The<br />

maximum length is 16 characters.<br />

PCIBridgeNumber<br />

This is the PCI bridge position that holds this VI card. The valid range of values is 0<br />

through 7.<br />

BusNumber<br />

This is the PCI bus position on the bridge that holds this VI card.<br />

Dorado 200 Series servers: The valid range of values is 1 through 3.<br />

Dorado 300 Series servers: The valid range of values is 3 through 7.<br />

DeviceNumber<br />

This is the position of this VI card on the PCI bus.<br />

Dorado 200 Series servers: The valid range of values is 1 through 4.<br />

Dorado 300 Series servers: The valid value is 1.<br />

NetworkAddress<br />

This is the unique media access control (MAC) address of this VI card, assigned by<br />

the manufacturer. An address has six segments separated by colons; each segment<br />

is an integer in the range of 0/ –FF.<br />

3–8 6885 3522–003


XIIPNumber<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Each host type entry must include this field <strong>and</strong> define a unique (within the file)<br />

integer value. Each VI card directly connected to a host is seen by the host software<br />

as an XIIP. All other VI card entries must not include a XIIPNumber field. The values<br />

used for paths in the primary platform are 0/ through 15. The values used for paths in<br />

the secondary platform are 24 through 39. Values 16 through 23 <strong>and</strong> 40 through 47<br />

are reserved for internal use only.<br />

PeerNodeName<br />

This is the Windows computer name of the other platform containing the VI card<br />

paired with this VI card. This field <strong>and</strong> can take up to 16 characters <strong>and</strong> must not<br />

include a colon.<br />

PeerUserName<br />

This is the UserName of the other platform VI card connected to this VI card. (This is<br />

important only for crossover paths <strong>and</strong> sync paths, where this name must match the<br />

name used for its peer on the other <strong>XPC</strong>-L platform.) For host paths, any name may<br />

be used. This field <strong>and</strong> can take up to 16 characters <strong>and</strong> must not include a colon.<br />

Description<br />

$<br />

This is an optional, free format comment field to describe this VI card entry. It must<br />

be enclosed within quotes. Maximum length is 255 characters.<br />

Notes:<br />

This symbol indicates the end of the configuration file.<br />

• All the VI card names (UserName, AssociatedUserName, <strong>and</strong> PeerUserName) must be<br />

unique across the entire system.<br />

• Each VI card entry contains a variable number of fields, from a minimum of eight<br />

fields to a maximum of 11. The XIIPNumber field <strong>and</strong> the AssociatedUserName field<br />

are not always required. The Description field is never required.<br />

• The Version, RevisionNumber, <strong>Configuration</strong>Name, <strong>and</strong> <strong>System</strong>Name entries must have<br />

one field each.<br />

• All values are case insensitive.<br />

• UserName values are alphanumeric, from 1 to 16 characters long, <strong>and</strong> may include the<br />

hyphen <strong>and</strong> underscore characters.<br />

• An entry can contain unlimited white space <strong>and</strong> use multiple lines.<br />

• Each entry must end with a semicolon.<br />

• Each field within an entry ends with a comma, except the last.<br />

6885 3522–003 3–9


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

3.4.2. Sample <strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Sample configuration files for the configuration shown in Figure 3–1 (which are valid for<br />

Dorado 300 Series servers <strong>and</strong> Dorado 200 Series servers) follow the figure.<br />

3–10 6885 3522–003


Host A<br />

Primary<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

P-C01<br />

P-C03<br />

P-C04<br />

Active<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control<br />

Backup<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control<br />

Figure 3–1. Sample <strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Host B<br />

Secondary<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

PCIOP1-3 PCIOP1-4 PCIOP1-2 PCIOP1-1<br />

PCIOP2-2 PCIOP2-1 PCIOP2-3 PCIOP2-4<br />

P-DC04 P-DC03 P-DC02 P-DC01<br />

P-DC05 P-DC06 P-DC07 P-DC08<br />

PCIOP3-1 PCIOP3-2<br />

Host C<br />

PCIOP3-4<br />

PCIOP3-3<br />

P-C02<br />

P-S01<br />

P-S02<br />

P-S03<br />

P-S04<br />

P-C05<br />

P-C06<br />

P-C07<br />

P-C08<br />

6885 3522–003 3–11<br />

S-C01<br />

S-C02<br />

S-C03<br />

S-C04<br />

S-S01<br />

S-S02<br />

S-S03<br />

S-S04<br />

S-C05<br />

S-C06<br />

S-C07<br />

S-C08<br />

S-DC01 S-DC02 S-DC03 S-DC04<br />

S-DC08 S-DC07 S-DC06 S-DC05<br />

PCIOP4-4 PCIOP4-3<br />

Host D<br />

PCIOP4-1<br />

PCIOP4-2


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Dorado 200 Series Server Sample <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

Version = 1;<br />

RevisionNumber = 1;<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong>Name = 4-Host;<br />

<strong>System</strong>Name = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L;<br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 1 - Connects to Host A,<br />

PCIOP1-1",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC01, AssociatedUserName = P-C01,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 2,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 0,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostA, PeerUserName = PCIOP1-1;<br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 1 - Connects to Host A,<br />

PCIOP1-2",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC02, AssociatedUserName = P-C02,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 2,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 1,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostA, PeerUserName = PCIOP1-2;<br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 3 - Connects to Host B,<br />

PCIOP2-1",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC03, AssociatedUserName = P-C03,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 4,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 2,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostB, PeerUserName = PCIOP2-1;<br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 3 - Connects to Host B,<br />

PCIOP2-2",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC04, AssociatedUserName = P-C04,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 4,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 3,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostB, PeerUserName = PCIOP2-2;<br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 0 - Connects to Host C,<br />

PCIOP3-1",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC05, AssociatedUserName = P-C05,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 4,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostC, PeerUserName = PCIOP3-1;<br />

3–12 6885 3522–003


Dorado 200 Series Server Sample <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 0 - Connects to Host C,<br />

PCIOP3-2",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC06, AssociatedUserName = P-C06,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 5,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostC, PeerUserName = PCIOP3-2;<br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 2 - Connects to Host D,<br />

PCIOP4-1",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC07, AssociatedUserName = P-C07,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 3,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 6,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostD, PeerUserName = PCIOP4-1;<br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 2 - Connects to Host D,<br />

PCIOP4-2",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC08, AssociatedUserName = P-C08,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 3,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 7,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostD, PeerUserName = PCIOP4-2;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 1 - Connects to S-C01",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C01, AssociatedUserName = P-DC01,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 4, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 2,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C01;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 1 - Connects to S-C02",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C02, AssociatedUserName = P-DC02,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 5, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 2,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C02;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 3 - Connects to S-C03",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C03, AssociatedUserName = P-DC03,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 4, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 4,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C03;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 3 - Connects to S-C04",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C04, AssociatedUserName = P-DC04,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 5, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 4,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C04;<br />

6885 3522–003 3–13


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Dorado 200 Series Server Sample <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 0 - Connects to S-C05",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C05, AssociatedUserName = P-DC05,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 4, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C05;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 0 - Connects to S-C06",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C06, AssociatedUserName = P-DC06,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 5, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C06;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 2 - Connects to S-C07",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C07, AssociatedUserName = P-DC07,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 4, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 3,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C07;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 2 - Connects to S-C08",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C08, AssociatedUserName = P-DC08,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 5, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 3,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C08;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 0, SubDIB 2, Slot 1 - Connects to S-S01",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = P-S01,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 4, BusNumber = 2, DeviceNumber = 2,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-S01;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 1, SubDIB 2, Slot 1 - Connects to S-S02",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = P-S02,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 5, BusNumber = 2, DeviceNumber = 2,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-S02;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 0, SubDIB 2, Slot 3 - Connects to S-S03",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = P-S03,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 4, BusNumber = 2, DeviceNumber = 4,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-S03;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 1, SubDIB 2, Slot 3 - Connects to S-S04",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = P-S04,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 5, BusNumber = 2, DeviceNumber = 4,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-S04;<br />

3–14 6885 3522–003


Dorado 200 Series Server Sample <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

<strong>System</strong>Name = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L;<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 1 - Connects to Host A,<br />

PCIOP1-3",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC01, AssociatedUserName = S-C01,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 2,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 24,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostA, PeerUserName = PCIOP1-3;<br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 1 - Connects to Host A,<br />

PCIOP1-4",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC02, AssociatedUserName = S-C02,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 2,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 25,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostA, PeerUserName = PCIOP1-4;<br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 3 - Connects to Host B,<br />

PCIOP2-3",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC03, AssociatedUserName = S-C03,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 4,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 26,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostB, PeerUserName = PCIOP2-3;<br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 3 - Connects to Host B,<br />

PCIOP2-4",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC04, AssociatedUserName = S-C04,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 4,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 27,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostB, PeerUserName = PCIOP2-4;<br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 0 - Connects to Host C,<br />

PCIOP3-3",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC05, AssociatedUserName = S-C05,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 28,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostC, PeerUserName = PCIOP3-3;<br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 0 - Connects to Host C,<br />

PCIOP3-4",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC06, AssociatedUserName = S-C06,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 29,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostC, PeerUserName = PCIOP3-4;<br />

6885 3522–003 3–15


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Dorado 200 Series Server Sample <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 2 - Connects to Host D,<br />

PCIOP4-3",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC07, AssociatedUserName = S-C07,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 3,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 30,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostD, PeerUserName = PCIOP4-3;<br />

Description = "Pod 0, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 2 - Connects to Host D,<br />

PCIOP4-4",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC08, AssociatedUserName = S-C08,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 3,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 31,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostD, PeerUserName = PCIOP4-4;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 1 - Connects to P-C01",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C01, AssociatedUserName = S-DC01,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 4, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 2,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C01;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 1 - Connects to P-C02",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C02, AssociatedUserName = S-DC02,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 5, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 2,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C02;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 3 - Connects to P-C03",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C03, AssociatedUserName = S-DC03,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 4, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 4,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C03;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 3 - Connects to P-C04",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C04, AssociatedUserName = S-DC04,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 5, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 4,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C04;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 0 - Connects to P-C05",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C05, AssociatedUserName = S-DC05,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 4, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C05;<br />

3–16 6885 3522–003


Dorado 200 Series Server Sample <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 0 - Connects to P-C06",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C06, AssociatedUserName = S-DC06,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 5, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C06;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 0, SubDIB 1, Slot 2 - Connects to P-C07",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C07, AssociatedUserName = S-DC07,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 4, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 3,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C07;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, Slot 2 - Connects to P-C08",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C08, AssociatedUserName = S-DC08,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 5, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 3,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C08;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 0, SubDIB 2, Slot 1 - Connects to P-S01",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = S-S01,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 4, BusNumber = 2, DeviceNumber = 2,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-S01;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 1, SubDIB 2, Slot 1 - Connects to P-S02",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = S-S02,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 5, BusNumber = 2, DeviceNumber = 2,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-S02;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 0, SubDIB 2, Slot 3 - Connects to P-S03",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = S-S03,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 4, BusNumber = 2, DeviceNumber = 4,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-S03;<br />

Description = "Pod 2, DIB 1, SubDIB 2, Slot 3 - Connects to P-S04",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = S-S04,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 5, BusNumber = 2, DeviceNumber = 4,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-S04;<br />

$<br />

6885 3522–003 3–17


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Notes:<br />

• The $ sign is an end sentinel that terminates the file search for more entries. The<br />

end-of-file indicator inserted by the text processor used to build the file also<br />

terminates the search.<br />

• The UserNames used in this example are designed to suggest the function of the<br />

card, such as DC for direct connect to a host <strong>and</strong> CO for crossover. Otherwise, there<br />

are no constraints other than length on the UserNames <strong>and</strong> AssociatedUserNames.<br />

Figure 3–2 represents the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control function as a single workstation, whereas<br />

there can be an active <strong>and</strong> a backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

The configuration file is read very early in the master <strong>and</strong> slave main initialization routine,<br />

<strong>and</strong> an internal configuration table is built. Each VI card in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L platforms is<br />

represented by a separate entry in the file.<br />

Crossover path entries are tied to host connected entries by a two-way linkage using the<br />

AssociatedUserName field. As illustrated in Figure 3–2 <strong>and</strong> its configuration file, not all<br />

host type VI cards are required to have an associated crossover path (DC3) <strong>and</strong> not all<br />

crossover type VI cards are required to have an associated host path (C06). Note this<br />

degrades throughput <strong>and</strong> could compromise redundancy.<br />

Dorado 300 Series Server Sample <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

Version = 1;<br />

RevisionNumber = 1;<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong>Name = 4-Host;<br />

<strong>System</strong>Name = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L;<br />

Description = "Cell 0, Bus 3 - Connects to Host A, PCIOP1-1",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC01, AssociatedUserName = P-C01,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 3, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 0,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostA, PeerUserName = PCIOP1-1;<br />

Description = "Cell 1, Bus 3 - Connects to Host A, PCIOP1-2",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC02, AssociatedUserName = P-C02,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 3, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 1,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostA, PeerUserName = PCIOP1-2;<br />

Description = "Cell 0, Bus 6 - Connects to Host B, PCIOP2-1",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC03, AssociatedUserName = P-C03,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 6, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 2,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostB, PeerUserName = PCIOP2-1;<br />

3–18 6885 3522–003


Dorado 300 Series Server Sample <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Description = "Cell 1, Bus 6 - Connects to Host B, PCIOP2-2",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC04, AssociatedUserName = P-C04,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 6, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 3,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostB, PeerUserName = PCIOP2-2;<br />

Description = "Cell 2, Bus 3 - Connects to Host C, PCIOP3-1",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC05, AssociatedUserName = P-C05,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 2, BusNumber = 3, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 4,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostC, PeerUserName = PCIOP3-1;<br />

Description = "Cell 3, Bus 3 - Connects to Host C, PCIOP3-2",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC06, AssociatedUserName = P-C06,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 3, BusNumber = 3, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 5,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostC, PeerUserName = PCIOP3-2;<br />

Description = "Cell 2, Bus 6 - Connects to Host D, PCIOP4-1",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC07, AssociatedUserName = P-C07,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 2, BusNumber = 6, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 6,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostD, PeerUserName = PCIOP4-1;<br />

Description = "Cell 3, Bus 6 - Connects to Host D, PCIOP4-2",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = P-DC08, AssociatedUserName = P-C08,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 3, BusNumber = 6, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 7,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostD, PeerUserName = PCIOP4-2;<br />

Description = "Cell 0, Bus 4 - Connects to S-C01",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C01, AssociatedUserName = P-DC01,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 4, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C01;<br />

Description = "Cell 1, Bus 4 - Connects to S-C02",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C02, AssociatedUserName = P-DC02,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 4, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C02;<br />

Description = "Cell 0, Bus 7 - Connects to S-C03",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C03, AssociatedUserName = P-DC03,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 7, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C03;<br />

6885 3522–003 3–19


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Dorado 300 Series Server Sample <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

Description = "Cell 1, Bus 7 - Connects to S-C04",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C04, AssociatedUserName = P-DC04,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 7, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C04;<br />

Description = "Cell 2, Bus 4 - Connects to S-C05",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C05, AssociatedUserName = P-DC05,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 2, BusNumber = 4, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C05;<br />

Description = "Cell 3, Bus 4 - Connects to S-C06",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C06, AssociatedUserName = P-DC06,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 3, BusNumber = 4, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C06;<br />

Description = "Cell 2, Bus 7 - Connects to S-C07",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C07, AssociatedUserName = P-DC07,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 2, BusNumber = 7, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C07;<br />

Description = "Cell 3, Bus 7 - Connects to S-C08",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = P-C08, AssociatedUserName = P-DC08,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 3, BusNumber = 7, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-C08;<br />

Description = "Cell 0, Bus 5 - Connects to S-S01",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = P-S01,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 5, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-S01;<br />

Description = "Cell 1, Bus 5 - Connects to S-S02",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = P-S02,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 5, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-S02;<br />

Description = "Cell 2, Bus 5 - Connects to S-S03",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = P-S03,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 2, BusNumber = 5, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-S03;<br />

3–20 6885 3522–003


Dorado 300 Series Server Sample <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

Description = "Cell 3, Bus 5 - Connects to S-S04",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = P-S04,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 3, BusNumber = 5, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = S-S04;<br />

<strong>System</strong>Name = S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L;<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Description = "Cell 0, Bus 3 - Connects to Host A, PCIOP1-3",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC01, AssociatedUserName = S-C01,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 3, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 24,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostA, PeerUserName = PCIOP1-3;<br />

Description = "Cell 1, Bus 3 - Connects to Host A, PCIOP1-4",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC02, AssociatedUserName = S-C02,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 3, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 25,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostA, PeerUserName = PCIOP1-4;<br />

Description = "Cell 0, Bus 6 - Connects to Host B, PCIOP2-3",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC03, AssociatedUserName = S-C03,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 6, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 26,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostB, PeerUserName = PCIOP2-3;<br />

Description = "Cell 1, Bus 6 - Connects to Host B, PCIOP2-4",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC04, AssociatedUserName = S-C04,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 6, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 27,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostB, PeerUserName = PCIOP2-4;<br />

Description = "Cell 2, Bus 3 - Connects to Host C, PCIOP3-3",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC05, AssociatedUserName = S-C05,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 2, BusNumber = 3, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 28,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostC, PeerUserName = PCIOP3-3;<br />

Description = "Cell 3, Bus 3 - Connects to Host C, PCIOP3-4",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC06, AssociatedUserName = S-C06,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 3, BusNumber = 3, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 29,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostC, PeerUserName = PCIOP3-4;<br />

6885 3522–003 3–21


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Dorado 300 Series Server Sample <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

Description = "Cell 2, Bus 6 - Connects to Host D, PCIOP4-3",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC07, AssociatedUserName = S-C07,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 2, BusNumber = 6, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 30,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostD, PeerUserName = PCIOP4-3;<br />

Description = "Cell 3, Bus 6 - Connects to Host D, PCIOP4-4",<br />

Type = Host, UserName = S-DC08, AssociatedUserName = S-C08,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 3, BusNumber = 6, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00, XIIPNumber = 31,<br />

PeerNodeName = HostD, PeerUserName = PCIOP4-4;<br />

Description = "Cell 0, Bus 4 - Connects to P-C01",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C01, AssociatedUserName = S-DC01,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 4, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C01;<br />

Description = "Cell 1, Bus 4 - Connects to P-C02",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C02, AssociatedUserName = S-DC02,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 4, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C02;<br />

Description = "Cell 0, Bus 7 - Connects to P-C03",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C03, AssociatedUserName = S-DC03,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 7, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C03;<br />

Description = "Cell 1, Bus 7 - Connects to P-C04",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C04, AssociatedUserName = S-DC04,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 7, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C04;<br />

Description = "Cell 2, Bus 4 - Connects to P-C05",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C05, AssociatedUserName = S-DC05,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 2, BusNumber = 4, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C05;<br />

Description = "Cell 3, Bus 4 - Connects to P-C06",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C06, AssociatedUserName = S-DC06,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 3, BusNumber = 4, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C06;<br />

3–22 6885 3522–003


Dorado 300 Series Server Sample <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Description = "Cell 2, Bus 7 - Connects to P-C07",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C07, AssociatedUserName = S-DC07,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 2, BusNumber = 7, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C07;<br />

Description = "Cell 3, Bus 7 - Connects to P-C08",<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = S-C08, AssociatedUserName = S-DC08,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 3, BusNumber = 7, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-C08;<br />

Description = "Cell 0, Bus 5 - Connects to P-S01",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = S-S01,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 5, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-S01;<br />

Description = "Cell 1, Bus 5 - Connects to P-S02",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = S-S02,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 5, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-S02;<br />

Description = "Cell 2, Bus 5 - Connects to P-S03",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = S-S03,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 2, BusNumber = 5, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PeerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-S03;<br />

Description = "Cell 3, Bus 5 - Connects to P-S04",<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = S-S04,<br />

PciBridgeNumber = 3, BusNumber = 5, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:00:00:00:00:00,<br />

PerNodeName = P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L, PeerUserName = P-S04;<br />

$<br />

6885 3522–003 3–23


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

Figure 3–2 shows a sample configuration where not all VI cards have associated peers or<br />

connections. Such a configuration works with degraded performance <strong>and</strong> compromised<br />

redundancy. A sample configuration file for a Dorado 200 Series server follows the<br />

figure.<br />

DC1<br />

Host 1<br />

Figure 3–2. Sample <strong>Configuration</strong>—Degraded<br />

Host 2<br />

DC2 DC3 DC4 DC5<br />

CO1<br />

CO2<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L 1 <strong>XPC</strong>-L 2<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

3–24 6885 3522–003<br />

CO4<br />

CO5<br />

CO3 CO6<br />

S1<br />

S2


Dorado 200 Series Server <strong>Configuration</strong> File (Degraded)<br />

Version = 1;<br />

RevisionNumber = 1;<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong>Name = Example-06-09-04;<br />

<strong>System</strong>Name = <strong>XPC</strong>1;<br />

Type = Host, UserName = DC1, AssociatedUserName = CO3,<br />

PCIBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:90:FA:00:3A:15, XIIPNumber = 1,<br />

PeerNodeName = Host1, PeerUserName = H1-1,<br />

Description = "Special cable used for this path.";<br />

Type = Host, UserName = DC2, AssociatedUserName = CO2,<br />

PCIBridgeNumber = 0, BusNumber = 2, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:90:FA:00:3A:22, XIIPNumber = 2,<br />

PeerNodeName = Host1, PeerUserName = H1-2;<br />

Type = Host, UserName = DC3, AssociatedUserName = "",<br />

PCIBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 2,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:90:FA:00:3C:2F, XIIPNumber = 3,<br />

PeerNodeName = Host2, PeerUserName = H2-1,<br />

Description = "Testing non-association case here";<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = CO1, AssociatedUserName = "",<br />

PCIBridgeNumber = 2, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 3,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:90:FA:00:5A:07,<br />

PeerNodeName = <strong>XPC</strong>2, PeerUserName = CO4;<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = CO2, AssociatedUserName = DC2,<br />

PCIBridgeNumber = 3, BusNumber = 2, DeviceNumber = 3,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:90:FA:00:39:3E,<br />

PeerNodeName = <strong>XPC</strong>2, PeerUserName = CO5;<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = CO3, AssociatedUserName = DC1,<br />

PCIBridgeNumber = 3, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:90:FA:00:72:01,<br />

PeerNodeName = <strong>XPC</strong>2, PeerUserName = CO6;<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = S1,<br />

PCIBridgeNumber = 4, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 3,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:90:FA:00:5E:11,<br />

PeerNodeName = <strong>XPC</strong>2, PeerUserName = S2;<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

6885 3522–003 3–25


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

<strong>System</strong>Name = <strong>XPC</strong>2;<br />

Type = Host, UserName = DC4, AssociatedUserName = CO4,<br />

PCIBridgeNumber = 1, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 3,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:90:FA:00:22:44, XIIPNumber = 24,<br />

PeerNodeName = Host1, PeerUserName = H1-3;<br />

Type = Host, UserName = DC5, AssociatedUserName = CO5,<br />

PCIBridgeNumber = 3, BusNumber = 1, DeviceNumber = 2,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:90:FA:00:CA:41, XIIPNumber = 25,<br />

PeerNodeName = Host2, PeerUserName = H2-2;<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = CO4, AssociatedUserName = DC4,<br />

PCIBridgeNumber = 2, BusNumber = 2, DeviceNumber = 3,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:90:FA:00:1A:07,<br />

PeerNodeName = <strong>XPC</strong>1, PeerUserName = CO1;<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = CO5, AssociatedUserName = DC5,<br />

PCIBridgeNumber = 7, BusNumber = 2, DeviceNumber = 4,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:90:FA:00:1A:07,<br />

PeerNodeName = <strong>XPC</strong>1, PeerUserName = CO2;<br />

Type = Cross-Over, UserName = CO6, AssociatedUserName = "",<br />

PCIBridgeNumber = 6, BusNumber = 2, DeviceNumber = 1,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:90:FA:00:2D:67,<br />

PeerNodeName = <strong>XPC</strong>1, PeerUserName = CO3;<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = S2,<br />

PCIBridgeNumber = 7, BusNumber = 3, DeviceNumber = 3,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:90:FA:00:19:0D,<br />

PeerNodeName = <strong>XPC</strong>1, PeerUserName = S1;<br />

$<br />

Type = Sync, UserName = S2,<br />

PCIBridgeNumber = 7, BusNumber = 3, DeviceNumber = 3,<br />

NetworkAddress = 00:90:FA:00:19:0D,<br />

PeerNodeName = <strong>XPC</strong>1, PeerUserName = S1;<br />

$<br />

3–26 6885 3522–003


3.4.3. Generating a <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

This section describes the general procedure for creating a configuration file for use with<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong>-L at your site. The following information must be available before beginning with<br />

this step:<br />

• ClearPath Plus Server Dorado 300 Series Technical Overview (Dorado 300 Series<br />

servers) or ClearPath Plus Server Dorado Series Technical Overview (Dorado 200<br />

Series servers)<br />

• The names of all the PCIOPs <strong>and</strong> corresponding VI channels (XIIPs) for each host<br />

connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

• The MAC addresses <strong>and</strong> their corresponding PCI bus locations for each VI card in the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L servers<br />

• An online version of either a previous configuration file or the sample configuration<br />

file (appropriate for your <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server hardware) provided with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L release<br />

media<br />

If you are creating a configuration file for the first time, carefully read the information in<br />

“3.4 <strong>Configuration</strong> File“ <strong>and</strong> “3.4.1 <strong>Configuration</strong> File Syntax.“ A diagram showing the<br />

hosts, <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers, <strong>and</strong> which VI cards are connected to each other could prove a<br />

useful reference. You also need to possess a working knowledge of how to use a<br />

Windows text editor (such as Notepad).<br />

A safe way initially, is to begin with a known good configuration file, modifying it with the<br />

changes appropriate for your specific <strong>XPC</strong>-L configuration. To create a configuration file<br />

from scratch, perform the following steps. Skip these if you are only making minor<br />

changes to an existing configuration file (for example, adding an additional host path).<br />

1. Copy the sample configuration file from the root of the installation CD-ROM into a<br />

new file. For example,<br />

copy z:\Dorado 300\ConfigFile.txt to c:\ConfigFile.txt<br />

Do not directly modify the starting configuration file- you might need to start over if<br />

you make an error.<br />

2. Open the new configuration file in a Windows text editor.<br />

If you do not plan to add additional hosts in the future, go to step 3. Otherwise, go to<br />

step 5.<br />

3. Remove the host <strong>and</strong> crossover path entries for any hosts that do not exist (refer to<br />

“3.4.1 <strong>Configuration</strong> File Syntax“ for how to identify which entries are for host <strong>and</strong><br />

crossover paths). Note that the number of hosts you have connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

may eliminate the need to make any changes.<br />

If you do not plan to add additional XIIPs to the hosts in the future, go to step 4.<br />

Otherwise, go to step 5.<br />

6885 3522–003 3–27


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

3. Remove the host <strong>and</strong> crossover path entries for any paths (XIIPs) that do not exist<br />

for the hosts that are connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L. Note that the number of XIIPs each<br />

host has may eliminate the need to make any changes.<br />

If you do not plan to add additional synchronization paths in the future, go to step 5.<br />

Otherwise, go to step 6.<br />

4. Remove any synchronization path entries for any sync paths that do not exist<br />

between the master <strong>and</strong> slave <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers (refer to “3.4.1 <strong>Configuration</strong> File<br />

Syntax“ for information on how to identify which entries are for sync paths). Note<br />

that the number of sync paths used may eliminate the need to make any changes.<br />

5. Change the existing <strong>Configuration</strong>Name value to a value appropriate for your site<br />

(this is an optional, but recommended step).<br />

6. Change all occurrences of the primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server <strong>System</strong>Name value from the name<br />

it currently is to the <strong>System</strong>Name value for your primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L server (refer to “3.4.1<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong> File Syntax“ for information on how to identify the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server name<br />

). This name is not just any character string; it must match the Windows computer<br />

name for the primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

Note: You can access this information as follows: On the Start menu, point to<br />

Control Panel, select <strong>System</strong>, select the Network Identification tab, <strong>and</strong><br />

then click the Full computer name field.<br />

7. If you are not using a redundant <strong>XPC</strong>-L configuration (that is, an <strong>XPC</strong>-L with both a<br />

primary <strong>and</strong> secondary servers) <strong>and</strong> do not plan to do so in the future, perform step<br />

9; otherwise, skip step 9 <strong>and</strong> proceed directly to step 10.<br />

8. Remove (delete) all information in the configuration file associated with the<br />

secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L server. Continue with step 11.<br />

9. Change all occurrences of the secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L server <strong>System</strong>Name value from the<br />

name it currently has to the <strong>System</strong>Name value of your secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L server (refer<br />

to “3.4.1 <strong>Configuration</strong> File Syntax“ for information on how to identify what the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L server name). Note that this name is not just any character string; it must<br />

match the Windows computer name for the secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

10. Update the Description value for each host, crossover, <strong>and</strong> sync path entry so it<br />

reflects the location <strong>and</strong> connection information for your site (this is an optional, but<br />

recommended step).<br />

11. Update the PciBridgeNumber, BusNumber, <strong>and</strong> DeviceNumber values for each host,<br />

crossover, <strong>and</strong> sync path entry so it reflects the VI card location for your site (see<br />

Table 3–1). Refer to the Dorado 300 Series Technical Overview (Dorado 300 Series)<br />

or Dorado Series Technical Overview (Dorado 200 Series servers) document for how<br />

to identify where the VI cards are located in your <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers. Alternatively, if you<br />

have a basic working knowledge of the major components in a Dorado Series server,<br />

refer to the PCI bus information that follows at the end of this section. Note that the<br />

hardware PCI card locations you have in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers can eliminate the need to<br />

make any changes.<br />

12. Update each NetworkAddress value from the value it currently is to the<br />

NetworkAddress value associated with the VI cards in your servers. Each VI card<br />

must be labeled with its unique MAC address.<br />

3–28 6885 3522–003


13. Save the updated configuration file to the place where it will be used during<br />

installation (refer to Section 2.2.2, “Preparing to Install <strong>XPC</strong>-L Software“).<br />

This completes the required steps necessary to generate your configuration file.<br />

Additional optional configuration file changes follow:<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

• UserName values can be changed. Note that this may require changes to<br />

AssociatedUserName for host <strong>and</strong> crossover path entries. It may also require<br />

changes for PeerUserName for sync path entries.<br />

• XIIPNumber values can be changed for host path entries.<br />

• PeerNodeName values can be changed for host path entries.<br />

• PeerUserName values can be changed. Note that this may require changes to<br />

UserName for host <strong>and</strong> crossover path entries.<br />

The following is a summary of Dorado Series server PCI card locations <strong>and</strong> how to<br />

translate them to PciBridgeNumber, BusNumber, <strong>and</strong> DeviceNumber values:<br />

Dorado Series 200 Servers<br />

The hardware location of each individual PCI card in a Dorado 200 Series server is<br />

determined by the Pod, DIB, SubDIB, <strong>and</strong> slot within the SubDIB in which the card is<br />

placed. A way to keep track of this information is to place it in the Description for each<br />

entry in the configuration file (for example, using PodNumber, DIBNumber, SubDIBNumber,<br />

<strong>and</strong> SlotNumber).<br />

The following restrictions must be considered:<br />

• PodNumber must be 0/ , 1, 2, or 3.<br />

• DIBNumber must be 0/ or 1.<br />

• SubDIBNumber must be 1, 2, or 3 (note that VI cards will always reside in either<br />

SubDIB 1 or 2).<br />

• SlotNumber must be 0/ , 1, 2, or 3.<br />

6885 3522–003 3–29


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

To determine the PciBridgeNumber for an individual entry in the configuration file, use the<br />

PodNumber <strong>and</strong> DIBNumber, <strong>and</strong> then locate the corresponding PciBridgeNumber from<br />

Table 3–1:<br />

Table 3–1. Determining PciBridgeNumber<br />

PodNumber DIBNumber PciBridgeNumber<br />

0/ 0/ 0/<br />

0/ 1 1<br />

1 0/ 2<br />

1 1 3<br />

2 0/ 4<br />

2 1 5<br />

3 0/ 6<br />

3 1 7<br />

The BusNumber for an individual entry in the configuration file is the SubDIBNumber.<br />

The DeviceNumber for an individual entry in the configuration file is the SlotNumber plus<br />

1.<br />

Example<br />

A VI card located in Pod 2, DIB 1, SubDIB 1, <strong>and</strong> Slot 3 has a PciBridgeNumber value of 5,<br />

BusNumber value of 1, <strong>and</strong> DeviceNumber value of 4.<br />

Dorado Series 300 Servers<br />

The hardware location of each individual PCI card in a Dorado 300 Series server is<br />

determined by the cell <strong>and</strong> the PCI bus in which the card is placed. A way to keep track<br />

of this information is to place it in the Description for each entry in the configuration file<br />

(for example, using CellNumber <strong>and</strong> PCIbusNumber).<br />

The following restrictions must be considered:<br />

• CellNumber must be 0/ , 1, 2, or 3.<br />

• PCIbusNumber must be 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7.<br />

The PciBridgeNumber for an individual entry in the configuration file is the CellNumber.<br />

The BusNumber for an individual entry in the configuration file is the PCI bus number.<br />

The DeviceNumber for an individual entry in the configuration file is always 1.<br />

3–30 6885 3522–003


Example<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

A VI card located in Cell 1, PCI bus 4 has a PciBridgeNumber value of 1, BusNumber value<br />

of 4, <strong>and</strong> DeviceNumber value of 1.<br />

6885 3522–003 3–31


<strong>Configuration</strong><br />

3–32 6885 3522–003


Section 4<br />

<strong>Migration</strong><br />

This section describes migration issues involved while moving from an <strong>XPC</strong> environment<br />

to an <strong>XPC</strong>-L environment.<br />

4.1. Conceptual Differences<br />

From a hardware perspective, the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system replaces the <strong>XPC</strong> system. The OS 2200<br />

Exec supports usage of either an <strong>XPC</strong>-L or an <strong>XPC</strong> system, but not both at the same<br />

time.<br />

From a functional perspective, the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system replaces the record locking function of<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong> system with a faster, more robust, <strong>and</strong> higher volume lock manager. The need<br />

for a replacement for the system level file caching function of the <strong>XPC</strong> has been<br />

eliminated by a combination of today’s high speed <strong>and</strong> higher b<strong>and</strong>width I/O channels. In<br />

the case where I/O channels alone do not provide I/O performance equivalent to the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>, the optional “Exec I/O comm<strong>and</strong> queuing“ feature provides additional operating<br />

system modification to enhance I/O performance.<br />

Within the operating system, the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system (as with the <strong>XPC</strong>) continues to be used<br />

to store some shared system level data (for example, Unit Duplexing synchronization<br />

tables for shared mass storage).<br />

6885 3522–003 4–1


<strong>Migration</strong><br />

The following is a list of specific differences between the <strong>XPC</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong>-L systems:<br />

• File caching is automatically disabled. The following <strong>XPC</strong> caching related<br />

configuration variables are ignored when using the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system:<br />

FILE_CACHING_DEFAULT FCACHEDFLT<br />

SHARED_FILE_CACHING_DEFAULT SHRDFCDFLT<br />

CACHE_LOCAL_FIXED_MFD MFDON<strong>XPC</strong>STD<br />

CACHE_SHARED_FIXED_MFD MFDON<strong>XPC</strong>SHR<br />

FILE_CACHE_SECURITY_FILES XCACHESECFIL<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>_PERIODIC_DESTAGE_LOCAL XPDLOCAL<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>_PERIODIC_DESTAGE_SHARED XPDSHARED<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>_DESTAGE_LOCAL_START XPDCLSTRT<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>_DESTAGE_SHARED_START XPDSHRDSTRT<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>_DESTAGE_LOCAL_INTERVAL XPDLCLINTV<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>_DESTAGE_SHARED_INTERVAL XPDSHRDINTV<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>_PERIODIC_DESTAGE_ON_BOOT PRDDSTBOOT<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>_DESTAGE_MAX_IO XPDMAXIO<br />

AUDIT_TRAIL_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_XR<br />

• The <strong>XPC</strong>-L system supports interhost messaging <strong>and</strong> database locking in a manner<br />

compatible with that of the <strong>XPC</strong> system.<br />

− Extended I/O processors (XIIP)/DataMovers are no longer supported. The logic<br />

provided by them is now provided by the PCIOP (a PCIOP-K, PCIOP-D, or a<br />

PCIOP-E) <strong>and</strong> associated virtual interface (VI) channel in the host.<br />

− Host Interface Adapters (HIA) are no longer supported. The logic provided by an<br />

HIA is provided by the network card implementing the Virtual Interface (VI)<br />

channel between the host <strong>and</strong> the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system.<br />

• The interface between the host <strong>and</strong> the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server is seen as an XIIP by SCMS<br />

<strong>and</strong> in the PDB. As already mentioned, the XIIP is composed of a PCIOP (named<br />

XIPnn) <strong>and</strong> a VI channel (named XnnCnn).<br />

4–2 6885 3522–003


<strong>Migration</strong><br />

• The Exec keyins for controlling an XIIP now control the interface between the host<br />

<strong>and</strong> the <strong>XPC</strong>-L, although the keyins still refer to the interface as an XIIP. As already<br />

mentioned, the XIIP is composed of a PCIOP (named XIPnn) <strong>and</strong> a VI channel<br />

(named XnnCnn).<br />

• A personal computer called <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation controls the interface<br />

between the host <strong>and</strong> the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system, as well as other <strong>XPC</strong>-L functions.<br />

Note: The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation cannot DN a 2200 host IOP.<br />

• The <strong>XPC</strong> system has a special SCF console, whereas the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system has the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation <strong>and</strong> the CMP Service Processor interfaces.<br />

• The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation is used to configure <strong>and</strong> manage the <strong>XPC</strong>-L service.<br />

• The <strong>XPC</strong>-L system never contains the only valid copy of user data. As a result, the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L does not provide a feature equivalent to the DataSave Disk feature of the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>.<br />

6885 3522–003 4–3


<strong>Migration</strong><br />

4.2. Crossbooting<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L system is designed to be functionally compatible with the predecessor<br />

external locking engines, the RLP <strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong> systems. From a programming perspective, it<br />

is functionally equivalent to the predecessor systems. There is no need for programs,<br />

associated runstreams, <strong>and</strong> Exec Control Language statements to be modified in any<br />

way when the <strong>XPC</strong>-L is introduced.<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong> supported file caching, referred to as Virtual Storage Management (VSM) <strong>and</strong><br />

Multiple Independent Hosts (MIH), as well as Distributed <strong>System</strong>s Management (DSM)<br />

capabilities, where DSM encompasses file caching as also data locking <strong>and</strong> inter-system<br />

communications capabilities. The <strong>XPC</strong>-L provides fully compatible support of the DSM<br />

locking <strong>and</strong> intersystem communications capabilities offered in the <strong>XPC</strong>.<br />

The major result of migration to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L is the lack of file caching capabilities. Before<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system can be put into use, all aspects of the predecessor <strong>XPC</strong> file caching<br />

functionality must be removed from the existing system. This means that in systems<br />

with an <strong>XPC</strong>, all cached data must be destaged. A new PDB must be created with the<br />

new <strong>XPC</strong>-L system configured <strong>and</strong> the old <strong>XPC</strong> system removed from the configuration.<br />

This section documents the migration process from an <strong>XPC</strong> system, using the<br />

Distributed <strong>System</strong>s Manager (DSM) environment, to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system. The complexity<br />

of the migration depends on how the <strong>XPC</strong> system is being used. When the <strong>XPC</strong> system<br />

is being used for both record locking <strong>and</strong> system level file caching, file caching must be<br />

stopped <strong>and</strong> all remnants of its use removed from the system. This is accomplished by<br />

removing data from the cache <strong>and</strong> by removing the <strong>XPC</strong> identifier from the MFD (Refer<br />

to “4.2.1 Discontinuing Use of <strong>XPC</strong> File Caching“). After these tasks are completed, the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L can be added to the 2200 host environment (Refer to “4.2.2 Adding <strong>XPC</strong>-L to the<br />

OS 2200 Environment“).<br />

<strong>XPC</strong> environments using Virtual Storage Manager (VSM) or Multiple Independent Hosts<br />

(MIH) only provide system level file caching of local mass storage. As a result, migration<br />

to <strong>XPC</strong>-L in these environments is not meaningful since <strong>XPC</strong>-L does not provide file<br />

caching for any mass storage. If you are moving from a single host environment to a<br />

multi-host environment <strong>and</strong> have an <strong>XPC</strong> system in use in the single host environment,<br />

remove the <strong>XPC</strong> from the environment following the procedures in the 2200 XP <strong>System</strong>s<br />

PMOG. Then install <strong>and</strong> configure the <strong>XPC</strong>-L as a new device as described in Section 2,<br />

“<strong>Installation</strong>“ <strong>and</strong> Section 3, “<strong>Configuration</strong>.“<br />

4–4 6885 3522–003


4.2.1. Discontinuing Use of <strong>XPC</strong> File Caching<br />

<strong>Migration</strong><br />

The following migration steps remove all aspects of system level file caching for both<br />

local <strong>and</strong> shared files from the system. Discontinuing use of <strong>XPC</strong> file caching requires<br />

advance planning <strong>and</strong> involves two major steps.<br />

1. Remove data from the <strong>XPC</strong> system.<br />

If the system is migrated to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L environment without destaging <strong>XPC</strong> cached<br />

data <strong>and</strong> the file recovery or initialization process detects a disk that was globally<br />

cached, it displays messages to prevent the loss of cached data in the same manner<br />

as when the <strong>XPC</strong> is initialized.<br />

2. Remove the <strong>XPC</strong> identifier from the MFD.<br />

The MFD directory items contain an <strong>XPC</strong> identifier that is unique to each <strong>XPC</strong>. This<br />

identifier must be removed from the directory items for each cached file to avoid any<br />

fallback or future recovery problems.<br />

In the following sections, there are references to both, the <strong>XPC</strong> <strong>and</strong> the <strong>XPC</strong>-L. Your<br />

PDB will have only one <strong>XPC</strong> configured. Thus, the xpc_name in the example console<br />

messages is the same <strong>XPC</strong> name for the <strong>XPC</strong> <strong>and</strong> the <strong>XPC</strong>-L. The <strong>XPC</strong>-L must be in an<br />

initialized state before beginning with this procedure.<br />

4.2.1.1. Overview<br />

Caution<br />

Performing steps incorrectly or skipping steps could result in a loss of data.<br />

Files in the shared <strong>and</strong> local MFDs contain an <strong>XPC</strong> identifier <strong>and</strong> the caching specification<br />

for each file. The <strong>XPC</strong> identifier describes whether a file has ever been cached in the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>. This value is either zero or an internal <strong>XPC</strong> serial number. A nonzero value indicates<br />

that data for this file potentially resides in the <strong>XPC</strong> system. The DN,XCACHE xpc_name<br />

keyin <strong>and</strong> the DN xpc_name keyin do not remove the <strong>XPC</strong> identifier from the MFD main<br />

item extension for files that are cached in the <strong>XPC</strong>. You must perform a file recovery <strong>and</strong><br />

long pack registration to remove this information.<br />

The caching specification for a cataloged file is set by several mechanisms. A cataloged<br />

file is initially set to use the system default. The file may be changed from SYS_DEFAULT<br />

to DO_CACHE, DO_NOT_CACHE, or XRP with the FURPUR CHG,F comm<strong>and</strong>, the FREIPS UPDIR<br />

comm<strong>and</strong>, or a user program using the FILECACHE$ call interface.<br />

Note: XRF is an <strong>XPC</strong> resident file; XRP is a FURPUR <strong>and</strong> FREIPS option that sets a<br />

file’s <strong>XPC</strong> caching specification to make it a permanent XRF.<br />

6885 3522–003 4–5


<strong>Migration</strong><br />

You can alternate between the two procedures described in “4.2.1.3 Removing Data<br />

from the <strong>XPC</strong>“ <strong>and</strong> “4.2.1.4 Removing the <strong>XPC</strong> Identifier from the MFD“ by breaking<br />

down the steps within. For example, you can h<strong>and</strong>le the local files from one host, then<br />

the local files for another host, <strong>and</strong> then the shared files. You can also change the<br />

caching specifications for files in steps <strong>and</strong> continue to use the <strong>XPC</strong> for caching data. For<br />

example, files rarely used can be changed to DO_NOT_CACHE <strong>and</strong> critical files can be<br />

changed before the migration to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L.<br />

Both procedures must be completed before performing the procedure described in<br />

“4.2.2 Adding <strong>XPC</strong>-L to the OS 2200 Environment.“<br />

4.2.1.2. Determining the Caching Information of a File<br />

You can determine which files have the <strong>XPC</strong> identifier in the MFD by using the following<br />

FAS select criteria comm<strong>and</strong>s. These files may potentially have data in the <strong>XPC</strong> system.<br />

For the local directory on a given host:<br />

@fas,lem<br />

list criteria= [xpc_cached=yes] ; end;<br />

For the shared directory:<br />

@fas,lem<br />

set directory_name:=shared;<br />

list criteria= [xpc_cached= yes] ; end;<br />

The FREIPS MAP comm<strong>and</strong> with no file specification can be used to provide a list of<br />

TIP/Exec files.<br />

You can determine which files have a file caching specification of DO_CACHE or XRP (for<br />

XRP, specify xpc_user_spec=xrp) by using the following FAS select criteria comm<strong>and</strong>s.<br />

You may want to change the caching specification for these files to SYS DEFAULT or<br />

DO_NOT_CACHE.<br />

For the local directory on a given host:<br />

@fas,lem<br />

list criteria= [xpc_user_spec=do_cache]; end;<br />

For the shared directory:<br />

@fas,lem<br />

set directory_name:=shared;<br />

list criteria= [xpc_user_spec=do_cache]; end;<br />

4–6 6885 3522–003


4.2.1.3. Removing Data from the <strong>XPC</strong><br />

The data can be removed from the <strong>XPC</strong> system by any of the following methods.<br />

Removing Data for All Files<br />

<strong>Migration</strong><br />

Use the DN,XCACHE keyin to remove data from the <strong>XPC</strong>. This method removes all data<br />

from the <strong>XPC</strong> <strong>and</strong> no additional steps are required to remove data. This keyin must<br />

always be performed before removing the <strong>XPC</strong> identifier from the MFD (see “4.2.1.4.<br />

Removing the <strong>XPC</strong> Identifier from the MFD“).<br />

Note: Use the following two methods, if you want to incrementally remove data from<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong> for specific files. However, the above method must be used before the<br />

completion of the “Removing the <strong>XPC</strong> identifier from the MFD” step.<br />

Removing Data for All Files Using the <strong>System</strong> Default Caching<br />

Specification<br />

For local <strong>and</strong> shared files with a caching specification of SYS_DEFAULT, data is removed<br />

from the <strong>XPC</strong> system by changing the Exec system default caching specification to<br />

FALSE (which means “do not cache“) for each directory. For local caching, the<br />

configuration parameter is FCACHDEFAULT, <strong>and</strong> for shared caching, the configuration<br />

parameter is SHRDFCDFLT. Both configuration parameters must be changed on all hosts.<br />

The change becomes effective the next time an I/O is performed to the file or when the<br />

file is initially assigned. This method has the advantage of making it unnecessary to<br />

change individual file caching specifications. The disadvantage is requiring either an I/O<br />

against each file or dropping of the assign count to zero <strong>and</strong> then reassigning the file.<br />

Removing Data for a Specific File<br />

Files that are <strong>XPC</strong> cached can have one of three caching specifications associated with<br />

the file: DO_CACHE, XRP, or SYS_DEFAULT. You can immediately remove data from the <strong>XPC</strong><br />

system for a file by changing its caching specification to DO_NOT_CACHE.<br />

This method has the advantage of h<strong>and</strong>ling all types of files (TIP, Exec, UDS, local <strong>and</strong><br />

shared, fixed <strong>and</strong> removable, <strong>and</strong> so on) without requiring a forced I/O to each file.<br />

However, the disadvantage is that you need to locate all <strong>XPC</strong> cached files cataloged in<br />

the system. This method is recommended for sites that do not cache files by default <strong>and</strong><br />

that have a known set of cataloged files.<br />

You may use the FURPUR CHG,F comm<strong>and</strong>, the FREIPS UPDIR comm<strong>and</strong>, or a user<br />

program using the FILECACHE$ call interface to perform this operation on each file.<br />

6885 3522–003 4–7


<strong>Migration</strong><br />

4.2.1.4. Removing the <strong>XPC</strong> Identifier from the MFD<br />

If <strong>XPC</strong> caching is not down, the <strong>XPC</strong> identifier in the MFD indicates that there might still<br />

be data in the <strong>XPC</strong> for the file. Removal of the <strong>XPC</strong> identifier as performed in this section<br />

will also result in the data being removed from the <strong>XPC</strong> system for the file.<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong> identifier can be removed from the MFD by the following methods, described<br />

in the following paragraphs:<br />

• Removing the <strong>XPC</strong> Identifier for a specific file<br />

• Removing the <strong>XPC</strong> Identifier from a file by performing a Recovery Boot<br />

• Removing the <strong>XPC</strong> Identifier from files by performing an I/O to the file<br />

You can use any of those methods for fixed files.<br />

For removable pack files, the system determines the type of pack registration needed<br />

(short or long) during recovery. The system always chooses the minimum needed to<br />

recover the files. Thus the method using a recovery boot is unlikely to clear the <strong>XPC</strong><br />

identifier in the removable pack directory. The <strong>XPC</strong> identifier for removable pack files<br />

should be cleared using the method for a specific file or by performing an I/O to the file.<br />

Removing the <strong>XPC</strong> Identifier for a Specific File<br />

For files with a caching specification of DO_CACHE, XRP, or SYS_DEFAULT, the <strong>XPC</strong> identifier<br />

in the MFD for the file can immediately be cleared by changing the file’s caching<br />

specification to DO_NOT_CACHE.<br />

This method has the advantage of h<strong>and</strong>ling all types of files (TIP, Exec, UDS,<br />

local/shared, fixed/removable, <strong>and</strong> so on) without requiring a forced I/O to each file. It<br />

has the disadvantage of requiring you to locate all <strong>XPC</strong> cached files cataloged in the<br />

system. This method is recommended for sites that do not cache files by default <strong>and</strong><br />

that have a known set of cataloged files.<br />

You can use the FURPUR CHG, F comm<strong>and</strong>, the FREIPS UPDIR comm<strong>and</strong>, or a user<br />

program using the FILECACHE$ call interface to perform this operation on each file.<br />

Removing the <strong>XPC</strong> Identifier from a File by Performing a Recovery Boot<br />

Issue a DN,XCACHE keyin. When caching is disabled, perform a recovery boot. For shared<br />

files, all hosts must be taken down. Then one host can perform the shared recovery.<br />

This will remove the <strong>XPC</strong> identifier in the MFD from files with a caching specification of<br />

DO_CACHE, XRP, or SYSTEM_DEFAULT.<br />

4–8 6885 3522–003


<strong>Migration</strong><br />

Removing the <strong>XPC</strong> Identifier from Files by Performing an I/O to the File<br />

If a file has a file caching specification of SYS_DEFAULT <strong>and</strong> the Exec system default is set<br />

to TRUE (which means “do not cache“), you can clear the <strong>XPC</strong> identifier for a file by<br />

changing the system default to FALSE (which means “do not cache“). The change<br />

becomes effective the next time an I/O is performed to the file, the next time the file’s<br />

directory is recovered, or the next time the file’s removable disk pack is registered with a<br />

long pack registration. This method has the advantage of making it unnecessary to<br />

change individual file caching specifications. It has the disadvantage of requiring an I/O<br />

against each file or rebooting the system (a shared directory recovery, not a<br />

reemployment).<br />

This method is recommended for sites that cache files by default.<br />

Change the Exec system default caching specification to FALSE (which means do not<br />

cache) for each directory. The configuration parameter for local caching is FCACHDEFAULT<br />

<strong>and</strong> for shared caching, SHRDFCDFLT. Both configuration parameters must be changed on<br />

all hosts.<br />

If <strong>XPC</strong> caching is enabled, assign each file that is using the caching specification of<br />

SYS_DEFAULT <strong>and</strong> then perform one I/O to the file. TIP/Exec files can be left assigned to<br />

TIP <strong>and</strong> you can issue the FREIPS PRINT comm<strong>and</strong> to perform one I/O to each of these<br />

files. The I/O process determines that the file must be taken out of file caching <strong>and</strong><br />

clears the <strong>XPC</strong> identifier from the MFD directory items for the file.<br />

If <strong>XPC</strong> caching is disabled, then assign <strong>and</strong> free each file that is using the caching<br />

specification of SYS_DEFAULT. The assign process determines that the file must be taken<br />

out of file caching <strong>and</strong> makes the update to the directory items for the file.<br />

Since it is normally not practical to "TPFREE" <strong>and</strong> "TPASG" TIP/Exec files when application<br />

programs are accessing database files, an alternative method is available. <strong>XPC</strong> caching<br />

can be temporarily enabled with an UP,XCACHE keyin, which causes the <strong>XPC</strong> identifiers to<br />

be cleared for all TIP/Exec files. <strong>XPC</strong> caching can then be returned to a disabled state<br />

with a DN,XCACHE keyin.<br />

4.2.2. Adding <strong>XPC</strong>-L to the OS 2200 Environment<br />

All steps in “4.2.1 Discontinuing Use of <strong>XPC</strong> File Caching“ must have been completed<br />

before this is done.<br />

OS 2200 does not support simultaneous configuration <strong>and</strong> use of <strong>XPC</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong>-L. From<br />

a hardware perspective, both an <strong>XPC</strong> system <strong>and</strong> an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system can be connected to<br />

an OS 2200 host. This allows for migration preparation <strong>and</strong> for moving to <strong>and</strong> from an<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L in a test environment.<br />

From an operating system perspective, only one type of <strong>XPC</strong> can be configured at a<br />

time. As part of the migration to <strong>XPC</strong>-L, a partition definition must be created that<br />

removes the <strong>XPC</strong> <strong>and</strong> adds the <strong>XPC</strong>-L.<br />

When you have completed all steps for discontinuing use of <strong>XPC</strong> file caching, installed<br />

<strong>and</strong> connected the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system, <strong>and</strong> created a partition definition that configures the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L, then you are ready to starting using the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system.<br />

6885 3522–003 4–9


<strong>Migration</strong><br />

The procedure that you use to begin use of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system depends on whether you<br />

are using the Unit Duplexing feature of the OS 2200 Exec to duplex any of your shared<br />

mass storage devices. If none of your shared mass storage devices are duplexed, then<br />

use “4.2.2.1 Migrating Without Duplexing.“ If you have duplexed shared mass storage<br />

devices <strong>and</strong> it is acceptable for the duplex associations to be terminated as part of the<br />

migration process, then use “4.2.2.1 Migrating Without Duplexing.“ In all other cases,<br />

use “4.2.2.2 Migrating to <strong>XPC</strong>-L with Shared Unit Duplexing.“<br />

4.2.2.1. Migrating Without Duplexing<br />

At this point, all steps required to prepare for the introduction of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L into the<br />

OS 2200 environment have been completed. None of the shared mass storage devices<br />

are duplexed, or if they are, it is acceptable for the duplex associations to be terminated<br />

as part of the migration process. Perform the following steps to begin use of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

system:<br />

1. Perform an orderly shutdown of all OS 2200 hosts.<br />

2. Reboot each system using the PDB that has the <strong>XPC</strong>-L defined. At MODIFY<br />

CONFIG, enter the keyin: UP,MHM xpc_name, where xpc_name is the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system.<br />

The following messages are displayed:<br />

The HOST ID for this HOST is host-id<br />

xpc_name UP MHM<br />

Here, host-id is the host-id from the PDB <strong>and</strong> xpc_name is the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system.<br />

It is not necessary to perform an MH,RC keyin during migration.<br />

4.2.2.2. Migrating to <strong>XPC</strong>-L with Shared Unit Duplexing<br />

When any shared mass storage device is duplexed using the Unit Duplexing (UDUPLEX)<br />

Exec feature, the Exec maintains I/O synchronization tables for those devices. The<br />

shared unit duplex synchronization tables reside in the <strong>XPC</strong> <strong>and</strong> provide a record of I/Os<br />

in progress to duplexed shared devices. The synchronization tables are used during a<br />

recovery from any host stop to synchronize I/O that was in progress at the time of the<br />

stop.<br />

The process of migrating from <strong>XPC</strong> to <strong>XPC</strong>-L requires that all hosts be stopped, the<br />

configuration be switched from using the <strong>XPC</strong> to using the <strong>XPC</strong>-L, <strong>and</strong> then all hosts be<br />

rebooted. If shared unit duplex synchronization tables existed in the <strong>XPC</strong> at the time all<br />

hosts were stopped, they cannot be accessed during the recovery boot with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

in the configuration.<br />

This results in the shared unit duplex associations being broken when the first host<br />

reenters MHFS. Shared unit duplex associations can be restored by performing UD<br />

keyins, but I/O performance may be degraded while the duplex images are restored.<br />

The following paragraphs describe a procedure that avoids breaking shared unit duplex<br />

associations during the migration process.<br />

4–10 6885 3522–003


<strong>Migration</strong><br />

Stop all hosts but one <strong>and</strong> bring MHFS down gracefully on the one remaining host.<br />

Bringing MHFS down gracefully means only one host is up in MHFS, all shared files have<br />

been freed, <strong>and</strong> all shared I/Os have been completed. When the first host recover boots<br />

with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L, shared unit duplex associations do not need to be broken because there<br />

are no active synchronization entries to recover. The following procedure provides the<br />

method to retain shared unit duplex associations.<br />

1. Bring down file caching on all hosts.<br />

2. Take all hosts down but one.<br />

3. Perform an MH,DN keyin on the remaining host after “Modify Config.“ You might<br />

need to prevent shared files from being assigned by placing audit trails in a deferred<br />

state <strong>and</strong>/or leaving the TIP messages outst<strong>and</strong>ing.<br />

If you have audit trail files on shared mass storage, reboot with jump key 1 set. At<br />

Modify Config, perform an AT ALL NR keyin to put all configured audit trails in a<br />

deferred state.<br />

To prevent TIP files being assigned on shared mass storage, reboot with jump key 7<br />

<strong>and</strong> leave the TIP messages outst<strong>and</strong>ing or answer No to TIP.<br />

This host automatically processes its own as well as the other hosts’ unit duplex<br />

synchronization tables. When the MH,DN keyin is performed, the MH,DN processing<br />

ensures that all shared files are freed <strong>and</strong> all shared activities are completed before<br />

the host MHFS status is put in a down state. This means that a point has been<br />

reached where there are no shared I/O’s outst<strong>and</strong>ing. A “graceful down“ indicator is<br />

written to the shared system device.<br />

The following message is displayed when file sharing has been taken down:<br />

mh,dn<br />

1 SHARED FILE(S) ASSIGNED BY EXEC / COMMON SECTION(S)<br />

0 - MH,DN - SHARED ENVIRONMENT TO BE UNAVAILABLE? - YN<br />

0 y<br />

HOST A SYSTEM-ID system_id DN SESSION nnn<br />

4. Migrate from the <strong>XPC</strong> to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L. This is initiated by stopping the host that did the<br />

MH,DN keyin in step 3, switching to the new PDB for all hosts in the MHFS<br />

environment, <strong>and</strong> rebooting each host.<br />

To avoid problems, ensure your shared device status conditions (for example, UP,<br />

DN, SU, <strong>and</strong> RV) are correct in your new PDB.<br />

6885 3522–003 4–11


<strong>Migration</strong><br />

5. At Modify Config, use the MH,UP keyin to bring up MHFS on the first host booting<br />

with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L. (This does not need to be the last surviving host from step 2.) During<br />

the shared recovery by the first host, the shared unit duplex synchronization tables<br />

are acquired <strong>and</strong> initialized. Because a graceful MHFS down was performed <strong>and</strong><br />

flagged in the shared DRS, shared unit duplex associations are not broken.<br />

Note: If an MH,IN keyin or an MH,RC keyin is performed, the shared unit duplex<br />

associations will be broken. This is because software is unable to determine whether<br />

the shared system device was switched <strong>and</strong> the validity of the graceful down flag<br />

indicator cannot be determined.<br />

The following new console message is displayed during mass storage recovery:<br />

The shared unit duplex synchronization table is initialized <strong>and</strong><br />

shared unit duplex associations are maintained.<br />

6. Bring up the remaining hosts.<br />

Note: The preceding procedure can also be performed before initializing the <strong>XPC</strong> or<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L to prevent termination of the duplex associations during the initialization process.<br />

4.3. Clearing the <strong>XPC</strong><br />

The migration to <strong>XPC</strong>-L includes the destaging of all data in the <strong>XPC</strong> system <strong>and</strong> the<br />

termination of all paths to the <strong>XPC</strong> system.<br />

1. Once all hosts are stopped, perform a Halt Partition (HP) at the <strong>XPC</strong> SCF.<br />

2. The next time the <strong>XPC</strong> is used, perform a Start Partition (SP) at the <strong>XPC</strong> SCF.<br />

This procedure causes the <strong>XPC</strong> to be initialized. If you fall back to the <strong>XPC</strong> from the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L, the shared unit duplex synchronization tables that are in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system are<br />

lost (unless the procedure in “Migrating to <strong>XPC</strong>-L with Shared Unit Duplexing“ under<br />

“4.2.2 Adding <strong>XPC</strong>-L to the OS 2200 Environment“ is followed). If the <strong>XPC</strong> was not<br />

initialized, the <strong>XPC</strong> shared unit duplex synchronization tables would be recovered <strong>and</strong><br />

data corruption would occur because the active synchronization entries in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

would not be recovered <strong>and</strong> the unit duplexed pairs will no longer be identical.<br />

4–12 6885 3522–003


4.4. New Console Messages<br />

<strong>Migration</strong><br />

Console messages referring to the <strong>XPC</strong> that apply to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L product have not been<br />

changed. References to <strong>XPC</strong> should be interpreted as applying to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>and</strong><br />

references to an XIIP should be interpreted as applying to the VI channel.<br />

The following paragraphs describe new messages for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L product.<br />

Loss of <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

When the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control facility is lost, the host is notified <strong>and</strong> displays the following<br />

message:<br />

Critical interrupt received from xpc_name RA = maintenance required,<br />

Reason = <strong>XPC</strong> Control Unavailable. An internal fault has resulted in a loss<br />

of resiliency within xpc_name.<br />

0 - Answer GO to acknowledge the need for urgent maintenance.<br />

This message could appear for a variety of reasons. Verify that the workstation currently<br />

designated as the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation is still operational. Initiate the<br />

actions to switch to the backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation if the workstation is not<br />

operational.<br />

If the workstation currently designated as the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation is<br />

operational, verify that <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control is still running on the workstation. If <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

is not running, then initiate the actions to start up <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control on the workstation.<br />

If the workstation is operational <strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control is running, then verify again the state<br />

of each server by selecting the opposite server <strong>and</strong> then reselecting the original server.<br />

The state of each server should be either “Running as Master“ or “Running as Slave.“<br />

If the state of a server cannot be determined, there is probably a network problem<br />

between the workstation currently designated as the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

<strong>and</strong> the servers. Initiate the actions to switch to the backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

If the state of each server cannot be determined by the backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation, the network problem is probably not isolated to an individual workstation or<br />

server. Initiate the actions to restore the network to an operational condition.<br />

Loss of <strong>XPC</strong>-L Redundancy<br />

When the slave <strong>XPC</strong>-L server is lost, the host is notified <strong>and</strong> displays the following<br />

message:<br />

Critical interrupt received from xpc_name RA = maintenance required,<br />

Reason = hardware redundancy lost. An internal fault has resulted in a loss<br />

of redundancy within xpc_name. Notify the Customer Engineer.<br />

0 - Answer GO to acknowledge the need for urgent maintenance.<br />

6885 3522–003 4–13


<strong>Migration</strong><br />

This message normally appears when either the slave has encountered a problem or<br />

there are no synchronization paths operational between the master <strong>and</strong> slave. Initiate the<br />

actions through <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control to start the slave.<br />

If this fails to establish redundancy, look in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control log window to see if there<br />

is a log entry indicating that there was a problem on a synchronization path. If there is an<br />

indication of a problem with a synchronization path, initiate the actions to up additional<br />

synchronization paths <strong>and</strong> retry the actions to start the slave.<br />

If this fails to establish redundancy, initiate the actions to restore the synchronization<br />

paths to an operational condition.<br />

If in the original attempt to start the slave, the state of the slave server is “Unknown“ or<br />

“Server not found,“ then there is a problem with the server. Initiate the actions to<br />

restore the server to an operational condition.<br />

Loss of <strong>XPC</strong>-L Synchronization Path<br />

When the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers lose a synchronization path, the host is notified <strong>and</strong> displays<br />

the following message:<br />

Critical interrupt received from xpc_name RA = maintenance required,<br />

Reason = Synchronization Path lost. An internal fault has resulted in a<br />

loss of resiliency within xpc_name. Notify the Customer Engineer.<br />

0 - Answer GO to acknowledge the need for urgent maintenance.<br />

This message normally appears when an <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server synchronization path has<br />

encountered a problem <strong>and</strong> the host receives this message for each synchronization<br />

path lost.<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L system has a maximum of four synchronization paths. When it loses the last<br />

synchronization path, the host gets the Exec message indicating loss of <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

redundancy. If this happens, refer to “Loss of <strong>XPC</strong>-L Redundancy“ <strong>and</strong> initiate the<br />

actions through <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control to bring up the failing synchronization paths.<br />

If this fails to establish the synchronization paths, look in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control log window<br />

to see if there is a log entry indicating where the problem was. Then refer to<br />

“4.1.6.2 Synchronization or Crossover path“ of Section 4, “Troubleshooting“ of the<br />

ClearPath Enterprise Servers Extended Processing Complex-Locking (<strong>XPC</strong>-L) <strong>System</strong><br />

Operations <strong>Guide</strong> to resolve the problem.<br />

XIIP <strong>Configuration</strong> Error<br />

If the system has configured both types of host interfaces (XIIP <strong>and</strong> VI channel), the boot<br />

process displays the following message <strong>and</strong> stops the system:<br />

Two types of XIIPs are configured in PDB.<br />

Reload of correct PDB is required.<br />

Go back into SCMS <strong>and</strong> fix the configuration so only one type of XIIP (a VI) is configured<br />

(see Section 3.3, “Configuring Hosts“).<br />

4–14 6885 3522–003


Disabling the Last Path to <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

<strong>Migration</strong><br />

If a DN IOP results in no path being available to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server, the following type <strong>and</strong><br />

reply message is displayed:<br />

DN OF IOP_name will disable this host's last path to <strong>XPC</strong>_name<br />

Continue to DN, enter DISABLE, else CANCEL<br />

If you answer the message with DISABLE, the Exec continues bringing down of the IOP.<br />

Otherwise, the Exec aborts processing of the DN IOP keyin.<br />

If the host is active in MHFS, the DN IOP keyin of the last path is rejected <strong>and</strong> instead of<br />

the preceding message, the following message is displayed. The path is not disabled.<br />

DN of IOP_name requested by the operator was rejected<br />

because MHFS is up <strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong>_name is MHM.<br />

IOP_name UP<br />

Shared Unit Duplex Associations Maintained<br />

The following message is displayed during the migration procedure described in “4.2.2.2<br />

Migrating to <strong>XPC</strong>-L with Shared Unit Duplexing“:<br />

The shared unit duplex synchronization table is initialized <strong>and</strong><br />

shared unit duplex associations are maintained.<br />

This console message indicates that the shared unit duplex synchronization tables have<br />

been allocated <strong>and</strong> the shared unit duplex associations have been recovered.<br />

4.5. Changed Console Messages<br />

The following paragraphs describe console messages that were changed for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

product.<br />

FS,<strong>XPC</strong><br />

The following messages are examples of the changed messages displayed for the<br />

FS,<strong>XPC</strong> keyin:<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>T82 UP MHM<br />

HOST A active I04C00 I15C00<br />

HOST B inactive<br />

HOST C inactive<br />

HOST D inactive<br />

FS,XCACHE<br />

The following message is an example of the changed messages displayed for the<br />

FS,XCACHE keyin:<br />

xpc_name UP MHM - THE <strong>XPC</strong> DOES NOT SUPPORT CACHING<br />

6885 3522–003 4–15


<strong>Migration</strong><br />

Downing All XIIPs at MODIFY CONFIG<br />

The following messages are examples of the changed messages displayed as a result of<br />

downing all XIIPs connected to an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system at MODIFY CONFIG:<br />

DN of xiip-name will disable this host's last path to xpc_name.<br />

This host's usage of the <strong>XPC</strong>'s functional capabilities will be disabled.<br />

1-Proceeding with DN disables <strong>XPC</strong> functions, enter DISABLE, else CANCEL:<br />

No messages are displayed during file recovery.<br />

Exec Internal Fault Processing<br />

The following is an example of an Exec internal fault processing error message:<br />

Critical interrupt received from xpc_name<br />

RA = down <strong>XPC</strong> for repair, Reason = hardware redundancy lost<br />

Check <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control for error information.<br />

0-Answer GO to acknowledge error at xpc_name<br />

This message could appear for a variety of reasons. The RA <strong>and</strong> Reason provide the<br />

recommended action <strong>and</strong> the reason.<br />

Check <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control for additional error information <strong>and</strong> verify the state of each server<br />

by selecting the opposite server <strong>and</strong> then reselecting the original server. The state of<br />

each server should be either “Running as Master“ or “Running as Slave.“ Also check<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control log window to see if there is a log entry indicating that there was a<br />

problem.<br />

File Control <strong>and</strong> UD Processing When a <strong>System</strong> Is Stopped<br />

While performing cataloged file recovery on a system with an <strong>XPC</strong>-L, the Exec is unable<br />

to update or initialize internal <strong>XPC</strong>-L data files. An Exerr-0155 is taken after this message<br />

is displayed.<br />

Possible hardware problems with the <strong>XPC</strong>.<br />

May need to down xpc_name to reboot the system.<br />

4.6. Keyin Changes<br />

Keyins relative to <strong>XPC</strong> caching are not processed because caching is not available on the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L; they result in the display of existing console messages which indicate caching is<br />

disabled.<br />

4.6.1. Unsupported Keyins<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>DUMP Keyin<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>DUMP keyin is not supported in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L environment. The <strong>XPC</strong>DUMP keyin is<br />

rejected with the console message:<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>DUMP keyin is not supported on this type of <strong>XPC</strong><br />

4–16 6885 3522–003


Use <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control’s Take Dump menu option to take a dump instead.<br />

4.6.2. Changed Keyins<br />

UP <strong>and</strong> DN Keyins<br />

<strong>Migration</strong><br />

The IOP <strong>and</strong> channel module connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L are partitioned as a single entity.<br />

An UP keyin partitions the IOP <strong>and</strong> channel module to UP available. A DN keyin partitions<br />

the IOP to DN <strong>and</strong> the channel module to DN not available.<br />

Note: SCMS defaults to the following names for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L:<br />

• An IOP connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L is identified as the XIIP <strong>and</strong> defaults to a name of the<br />

form XIPnn, where nn is a number or unique identifier.<br />

• A channel module connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L defaults to a name of the form XnnCnn,<br />

where nn is a number or unique identifier.<br />

Any attempt to up a channel module connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L is rejected with one of the<br />

following messages:<br />

If the IOP (XIPnn) connected to the channel module (XnnCnn) is currently up:<br />

UP keyin already performed for XnnCnn.<br />

If the IOP (XIPnn) connected to the channel module (XnnCnn) is currently down:<br />

UP of XnnCnn not performed - no path available.<br />

Any attempt to DN a channel module connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L (XnnCnn) is rejected with<br />

the following message:<br />

Require DN XIPnn to complete the request.<br />

UP/DN of an IOP connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L (XIPnn):<br />

UP XIPnn<br />

This partitions the XIPnn <strong>and</strong> the XnnCnn connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L to UP.<br />

DN XIPnn<br />

This partitions the XIPnn to DN <strong>and</strong> the XnnCnn connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L to DN/NA.<br />

UP <strong>XPC</strong>_name<br />

If the <strong>XPC</strong>_name is an <strong>XPC</strong>-L, this changes the partition status of the <strong>XPC</strong>_name to UP in<br />

MHM mode.<br />

DN <strong>XPC</strong>_name<br />

This changes the partition status of the <strong>XPC</strong>_name to DN.<br />

6885 3522–003 4–17


<strong>Migration</strong><br />

FS Keyins<br />

All FS keyins relating to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>and</strong> the IOP connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L (XIPnn) are as<br />

follows.<br />

FS,<strong>XPC</strong><br />

This displays <strong>XPC</strong> status, mode, <strong>and</strong> all XIIP interfaces.<br />

At MODIFY CONFIG:<br />

FS,<strong>XPC</strong><br />

<strong>XPC</strong>_name UP<br />

After SYS FIN:<br />

FS,<strong>XPC</strong><br />

<strong>XPC</strong>_name UP MHM<br />

HOST A active XIPnn_a XIPnn_b<br />

HOST B inactive<br />

HOST C active XIPnn_c XIPnn_d<br />

HOST D inactive<br />

FS,IOP<br />

This displays all IOP names <strong>and</strong> status, including IOPs connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L.<br />

FS,IOP<br />

IOP00 UP , IOP01 DN , IOP02 UP<br />

XIP03 UP , IOP04 UP , IOP05 DN<br />

IOP11 DN , IOP12 UP , XIP13 UP<br />

IOP14 DN , IOP15 UP<br />

4–18 6885 3522–003


FS,CM<br />

<strong>Migration</strong><br />

This displays all channel module (CM) names <strong>and</strong> status, including any channel modules<br />

connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L.<br />

FS,CM<br />

I00C00 UP , I00C01 DN NA , I00C02 DN NA<br />

I00C03 UP , I00C04 DN NA , I00C05 DN NA<br />

I00C06 DN NA , I00C07 DN NA , I00C14 DN NA<br />

I00C15 DN NA , I01C00 DN NA , I01C01 DN NA<br />

I01C02 DN NA , I01C03 DN NA , I01C14 DN NA<br />

I01C15 DN NA , I02C00 DN NA , I02C01 DN NA<br />

I02C02 UP , X03C00 UP , I04C00 UP<br />

I04C01 UP , I05C00 DN NA , I05C01 DN NA<br />

I05C02 DN NA , I11C00 DN NA , I11C01 DN NA<br />

I12C00 UP , I12C01 UP , X13C00 UP<br />

I14C00 DN NA , I14C01 DN NA , I14C02 DN NA<br />

I15C00 UP , I15C01 UP , I15C02 DN<br />

FS,XIIP<br />

These display all IOP names connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L.<br />

FS,XIIP<br />

XIPnn_a UP XIPnn_b UP<br />

FS,ALL <strong>XPC</strong>_name<br />

These display <strong>XPC</strong>_name <strong>and</strong> XIPnn <strong>and</strong> status.<br />

FS,ALL <strong>XPC</strong>_name<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>_name UP<br />

XIPnn_a UP XIPnn_b UP<br />

6885 3522–003 4–19


<strong>Migration</strong><br />

FS,ALL IPx<br />

These display name <strong>and</strong> status of all connected IOPs, channel modules (CM), <strong>and</strong> control<br />

units (CU), including IOPs (XIPnn) <strong>and</strong> channel modules (XnnCnn) connected to the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L.<br />

fs,all ip0<br />

IP0 UP ACTIVE<br />

IOP00 UP , IOP01 DN , IOP02 UP<br />

IOP03 UP , XIP04 UP , IOP10 DN<br />

IOP11 DN , IOP12 UP , IOP13 UP<br />

IOP14 DN , XIP15 UP , I00C00 UP<br />

I00C01 DN NA , I00C02 DN NA , I00C03 UP<br />

I00C04 DN NA , I00C05 DN NA , I00C06 DN NA<br />

I00C07 DN NA , I00C14 DN NA , I00C15 DN NA<br />

I01C00 DN NA , I01C01 DN NA , I01C02 DN NA<br />

I01C03 DN NA , I01C14 DN NA , I01C15 DN NA<br />

I02C00 DN NA , I02C10 UP , I02C12 DN NA<br />

I02C14 DN NA , I02C16 DN NA , I03C00 UP<br />

I03C04 DN NA , I03C14 DN NA , I03C15 UP<br />

X04C00 UP , I10C00 DN NA , I10C01 DN NA<br />

I10C02 DN NA , I10C03 DN NA , I10C04 DN NA<br />

I10C05 DN NA , I10C06 DN NA , I10C07 DN NA<br />

I10C14 DN NA , I10C15 DN NA , I11C00 DN NA<br />

I11C01 DN NA , I11C14 DN NA , I11C15 DN NA<br />

I12C00 DN NA , I12C10 UP , I12C12 DN NA<br />

I12C14 DN NA , I12C16 DN NA , I13C00 UP<br />

I13C03 DN NA , I13C04 DN NA , I13C14 DN NA<br />

I14C00 DN NA , X15C00 UP , 51JA DN NA<br />

60AA S UP , HLC2A DN NA , T40SA UP<br />

F58BE UP , 51JA DN NA , F58BB UP<br />

E1 DN NA , F58BF UP , F0 DN NA<br />

X15C00 UP<br />

FS,ALL CM_name<br />

When the channel module (CM) is not connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L, this keyin displays the<br />

names <strong>and</strong> status of all control units connected to the channel module. When the<br />

CM_name is connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L, the keyin is rejected with the following message:<br />

FS KEYIN - (ALL) OPTION INVALID FOR XIPnn, INPUT IGNORED.<br />

FS,ALL IOP_name<br />

When the IOP_name is not connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L, this keyin displays the names <strong>and</strong><br />

statuses of all channel modules <strong>and</strong> control units connected to the IOP_name. When the<br />

IOP_name is connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L, the keyin is rejected with the following message:<br />

FS KEYIN - (ALL) OPTION INVALID FOR XIPnn, INPUT IGNORED.<br />

4–20 6885 3522–003


FS,ALL XIIP_name<br />

<strong>Migration</strong><br />

The FS,ALL XIIP_name keyin is rejected with the same message used for the <strong>XPC</strong>. For<br />

example:<br />

FS,ALL XIIP45<br />

FS KEYIN - (ALL) OPTION INVALID FOR XIIP45, INPUT IGNORED.<br />

4.6.3. New Keyins<br />

The MAINT keyin moves an XIIP from the DN partition state into an UP partition state<br />

which supports microcode loading or dumping of the XIIP microcode. The MAINT keyin<br />

supports only XIIP partitioning; it is not defined for SCIOP partitioning. The format of the<br />

keyin is<br />

MAINT xiip_name<br />

where the xiip_name is the PCIOP which required microcode loading or dumping.<br />

When the MAINT xiip_name keyin completes, the status reported on the system console<br />

is: UP MT. An FS keyin shows the XIIP in the UP MT state.<br />

For example:<br />

FS XIP44<br />

XIP44 UP MT<br />

FS,XIIP<br />

XIP44 UP MT, XIP45 UP<br />

If the MAINT xiip_name keyin is entered when the XIIP is not in the DN partition state, the<br />

following message is displayed:<br />

"xiip_name must be DN when the MAINT keyin is entered."<br />

If a MAINT request is entered for a non-XIIP component, the following message is<br />

displayed:<br />

"MAINT keyin invalid for logical name component_name, input ignored."<br />

6885 3522–003 4–21


<strong>Migration</strong><br />

If a MAINT keyin is entered for a PCIOP which is already in the MAINT partition state, the<br />

following message is displayed:<br />

"MAINT keyin already performed for xiip_name."<br />

An FS keyin of the XIIP performed after IOP load has started provides an indicator on the<br />

FS display that a microcode load is currently in progress.<br />

UP or DN keyins are not allowed to affect an <strong>XPC</strong>-L component while the IOP load is in<br />

progress <strong>and</strong> a message display will indicate this.<br />

When the microcode load or dump operation is completed, the XIIP must be downed to<br />

remove the XIIP from the MAINT partition state. An UP of the XIIP moves the XIIP back<br />

into the partition for system use.<br />

If the system stops when the XIIP is in MAINT mode, the XIIP remains in MAINT mode<br />

when the partition is rebooted. If the XIIP state is moved from UP to DN by the operator at<br />

the <strong>System</strong> Control Facility while the system is stopped, the MAINT mode is cleared<br />

when the partition is rebooted.<br />

4.7. Initialization<br />

If the system has two types of <strong>XPC</strong> host interfaces (XIIP <strong>and</strong> VI channel) configured, the<br />

boot process displays the following message <strong>and</strong> stops the system (see “4.4. New<br />

Console Messages“):<br />

4.8. EXERRS<br />

Two types of XIIPs are configured in PDB.<br />

Reload of correct PDB is required.<br />

The system stops with EXERR-133 if more than one VI channel is connected to a PCIOP.<br />

This is a new cause for an EXERR-133.<br />

4–22 6885 3522–003


Section 5<br />

Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software<br />

Components<br />

This section provides procedures for adding, updating, upgrading, replacing, <strong>and</strong> deleting<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L hardware <strong>and</strong> software components.<br />

5.1. Changing Hardware<br />

This section provides guidelines <strong>and</strong> procedure for changing hardware components in an<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L system. Information is provided separately for the<br />

• <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

• <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

• <strong>XPC</strong>-L Host<br />

• <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation LAN Ethernet Switch (Ng700-SWX) for Dorado 300<br />

Series servers<br />

5.1.1. Changing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation Hardware<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation Control Workstation hardware is a workstation supplied<br />

by Unisys with the appropriate hardware for supporting the operation of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

system. Unless otherwise directed by Unisys, do not change or modify any hardware on<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation. Do not upgrade your <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation unless<br />

specifically asked to do so in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> Firmware 2.2 Customer Reference<br />

Manual or in the Technical Information Bulletin for an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system. Any required<br />

platform hardware update procedures are described within the accompanying<br />

documentation of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system plateau release.<br />

Should a component within the workstation fail, it may render the workstation incapable<br />

of supporting the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system. After ordering a replacement workstation, refer to<br />

Section 2.1.1, “Installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation Hardware“ to install the replaced<br />

workstation.<br />

Ensure that the latest <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control.ini file (also called the state file) <strong>and</strong> configuration<br />

file (the default file name is ConfigFile.txt) are loaded on the replacement <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–1


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

To load these files from previously created backup media, perform the following steps:<br />

1. Using the replacement <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation, insert the backup media with the<br />

current <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control.ini file (the state file) <strong>and</strong> configuration files into the DVD drive.<br />

a. Verify that the desired files reside on the media.<br />

b. Close the pop up window that displays the files currently on the DVD or CD.<br />

2. Open Windows Explorer.<br />

3. Copy the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control.ini file (the state file) from the DVD to C:\<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control.ini.<br />

4. Copy the <strong>XPC</strong>-L configuration file from the DVD to its location on the C: drive.<br />

5. Remove the backup media from the DVD drive.<br />

At this point, the replacement <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation has the correct license code<br />

<strong>and</strong> is available to be used as the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

5.1.2. Changing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server Hardware<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server hardware is an Intel node of either a Dorado 200 Series server or a<br />

Dorado 300 Series server supplied by Unisys with the appropriate hardware for<br />

supporting the operation of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system. With the exception of adding additional VI<br />

cards, do not change or modify any hardware on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server unless directed to do<br />

so by Unisys. Also, do not upgrade your <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server hardware unless directed in the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware 2.0 Customer Reference Manual or the Technical Information Bulletin<br />

for an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system. Any platform hardware update procedures that are required are<br />

described within the accompanying documentation the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system firmware release.<br />

Should a component within the server fail (for example, a Dorado 200 Series server<br />

subDIB, a Dorado 300 Series server internal I/O module, a memory unit, <strong>and</strong> so on) it<br />

may render the server incapable of supporting the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system. After ordering the<br />

appropriate replacement hardware, refer to the following documents for procedures to<br />

reinstall the replaced hardware.<br />

If the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server type you ordered is<br />

• Installed as the Intel node of a Dorado Series server, refer to the ClearPath Plus<br />

Server Dorado 300 Series Install & Config Gd, Vol 5 Set Up OS 2200 & Intel Part<br />

(Dorado 300 Series servers) or ClearPath Plus Server Dorado Series Install & Config<br />

<strong>Guide</strong>, Vol 5: Set Up OS 2200 & Intel Part (Dorado 200 Series servers) for hardware<br />

reinstallation procedures.<br />

• Delivered as a st<strong>and</strong>alone unit (does not apply to Dorado 300 Series servers), refer to<br />

the Enterprise Servers Hardware <strong>Installation</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> for hardware reinstallation<br />

procedures.<br />

Follow installation of any VI cards (for either replacing an existing card or adding a new<br />

card) on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server the procedures documented in the appropriate hardware<br />

installation guide for insertion of new PCI connected devices.<br />

5–2 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

Refer to “5.1.2.1 Replacing an Existing VI Card“ <strong>and</strong> “5.1.2.2 Adding a New VI Card“<br />

first for the entire procedure for replacing or for adding a VI card. Replacing the actual<br />

hardware card is only one of the steps in this procedure.<br />

5.1.2.1. Replacing an Existing VI Card<br />

This section describes how to replace a VI card in an <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

Notes:<br />

• You must stop the <strong>XPC</strong>-L service on the server containing the card that will be<br />

replaced.<br />

• If you purchased a redundant <strong>XPC</strong>-L system, the OS 2200 hosts can remain running<br />

during the replacement of the additional VI card.<br />

• If you purchased a non-redundant <strong>XPC</strong>-L system (that is, you have only a primary<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L server), you must stop all OS 2200 hosts connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>and</strong><br />

terminate the <strong>XPC</strong>-L before replacing a VI card.<br />

• The <strong>XPC</strong>-L service on the server on which you are replacing the VI card must be<br />

running to place the direct connect host path, crossover path, or synchronization<br />

path offline. If the <strong>XPC</strong>-L service on this server is already indicated as being Stopped<br />

before beginning this procedure <strong>and</strong> the card to be replaced is a direct connect host<br />

path, crossover path, or synchronization path that is not already OFFLINE, use the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L workstation to start the slave before beginning the card replacement<br />

procedure: Click Start Slave on the Action menu.<br />

• The VI card connectors are keyed to prevent misalignment or inversion <strong>and</strong> when<br />

inserting it, an audible click should be heard from the connector when it snaps in<br />

place.<br />

The following procedure for replacing a VI card is for a redundant <strong>XPC</strong>-L system <strong>and</strong> it<br />

assumes that the OS 2200 hosts remain running throughout the procedure.<br />

1. Use the host console to bring down all of the XIIPs that have direct connect paths to<br />

the server in which the VI card will be replaced.<br />

2. If the device to be replaced is a host path, go to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation <strong>and</strong><br />

click the server that contains the host path. Then, in the Select Device pane,<br />

highlight the host path <strong>and</strong> click Offline.<br />

3. If the server in which the card is to be replaced is indicated as Running as<br />

Master, click Switch Master/Slave on the Action menu.<br />

4. If the device to be replaced is a synchronization or crossover path, click the server<br />

designated as Running as Master <strong>and</strong> highlight the peer device of the device<br />

being replaced.<br />

5. If the device is not already marked OFFLINE, click Offline.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–3


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

6. Click Terminate Slave on the Action menu.<br />

An EXEC console message appears on each OS 2200 host indicating that there has<br />

been a loss of redundancy in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system.<br />

Note: This message does not appear in the case of <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware 2.2.<br />

7. Select the server in which the card is to be replaced. It should be the one indicated<br />

as Stopped.<br />

8. Highlight the device to be replaced.<br />

9. Double-click the device.<br />

A Properties window appears with information about the VI card. The network<br />

address of the card is displayed.<br />

10. Type the new network address over the old one <strong>and</strong> then click Apply.<br />

Note: The network address of the card is contained on a label affixed to the card. It<br />

is of the form xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx, where each x is a single hexadecimal digit.<br />

11. Perform a “Windows shutdown“ of the server in which the card is to be replaced.<br />

Caution<br />

1. Perform shutdown operation on the correct server.<br />

2. Do not perform the shutdown operation on the server that <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

indicates is Running as Master.<br />

3. Note the active PCI-Bridge <strong>and</strong> PCI-Bus before stopping.<br />

5–4 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

12. Perform the following steps for the particular server series in use:<br />

a. Dorado 300 Series server: Use the Service Processor console to bring down the<br />

appropriate PCI bus containing the card to be replaced.<br />

Dorado 200 Series server: Use the Service Processor console to bring down the<br />

appropriate subDIB <strong>and</strong> DIB containing the card to be replaced.<br />

b. Disconnect the cable from the card that is to be replaced.<br />

c. Dorado 300 Series server: Pull out the internal I/O module <strong>and</strong> replace the PCI<br />

card.<br />

Dorado 200 Series server: Pull out the subDIB <strong>and</strong> replace the PCI card.<br />

d. Dorado 300 Series server: Reinsert the internal I/O module.<br />

Dorado 200 Series server: Reinsert the subDIB.<br />

e. Reconnect the cable to the newly replaced card.<br />

f. Dorado 300 Series server: Bring up the PCI bus that was brought down in step<br />

12a.<br />

Dorado 200 Series server: Bring up the subDIB <strong>and</strong> DIB that was brought down<br />

in step 12a.<br />

g. Restart the server.<br />

h. Dorado 300 Series server: When the Windows boot on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server is<br />

complete <strong>and</strong> you see all the connections for the VI cards, verify that the<br />

appropriate PCI bus is active.<br />

Dorado 200 Series server: When the Windows boot on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server is<br />

complete <strong>and</strong> you see all the connections for the VI cards, verify that all<br />

appropriate subDIB <strong>and</strong> DIBs are active.<br />

13. On the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation, select the server designated as Stopped. Click<br />

Start Slave on the Action menu.<br />

14. Select the server designated as Server Not Found. This causes a probe of the<br />

server <strong>and</strong> the server should now be designated as Stopped.<br />

15. If the device that was replaced is a host path, go to step 17.<br />

16. Select the server designated as Running as Master <strong>and</strong> highlight the peer device<br />

of the device that was replaced (this is the device that was selected to be placed<br />

offline in step 4). Click Up. <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control should now display the state of the device<br />

as Down.<br />

17. Click Start Slave on the Action menu.<br />

18. If the device that was replaced was a host path, select the appropriate server,<br />

highlight the device that was replaced, <strong>and</strong> click Up.<br />

19. Use the host console to up the XIIPs that were brought down in step 1.<br />

20. If you performed the Switch Master/Slave action in step 3, you may optionally<br />

perform this action again to return the master to the server that was originally the<br />

master before the card replacement.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–5


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

21. Click Save Config File on the File menu <strong>and</strong> save the configuration file to a<br />

removable media; provide a name for the new configuration file.<br />

22. If the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system you purchased contains a backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation,<br />

use the removable media from step 21 <strong>and</strong> Windows Explorer on the backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation to copy the updated configuration file to the backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation.<br />

23. Update the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI Locations Chart supplied with your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system (see<br />

Appendix B) to reflect the changed network address.<br />

5.1.2.2. Adding a New VI Card<br />

This section describes how to add a VI card to an <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

Stop the <strong>XPC</strong>-L service on the server containing the card that will be added. If you<br />

purchased a non-redundant <strong>XPC</strong>-L system (that is, you only have a primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server)<br />

stop all OS 2200 hosts connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>and</strong> terminate the <strong>XPC</strong>-L before adding a<br />

VI card. If you purchased a redundant <strong>XPC</strong>-L system, the OS 2200 hosts can remain<br />

running during the card addition. The procedure for adding a new VI card is identical to<br />

the procedure for replacing a VI card (see “5.1.2.1 Replacing an Existing VI Card“),<br />

except there is no existing VI card (the PCI bus slot is open); the device will already be<br />

marked OFFLINE by <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control because of this.<br />

If the configuration file your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system is currently running with has a VI card for this<br />

device location included in the configuration (that is, there is an entry for a VI card, but a<br />

VI card was not installed in this slot), the procedure will work. If there is no entry in the<br />

configuration file for the device to be added, the entire <strong>XPC</strong>-L system must be stopped<br />

before the VI card can be added. In this case, the configuration file is manually updated<br />

with a text editor to include the new VI card <strong>and</strong> the new configuration file is given as<br />

input before starting up the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system.<br />

5.1.3. Changing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Host Hardware<br />

The only hardware in a host that is unique to an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system are the VI cards <strong>and</strong> the<br />

PCIOP, which are a single Field Replaceable Unit (FRU).<br />

For replacement of the connectors to the VI Channels, follow the instructions in Section<br />

2.1.3, “Installing Host Hardware.“<br />

For information about PCIOP PCA removal <strong>and</strong> replacement <strong>and</strong> for the troubleshooting<br />

<strong>and</strong> replacement of st<strong>and</strong>ard components within your Dorado Series server, refer to the<br />

following documents:<br />

• ClearPath Plus Server Dorado Series Fault Isolation <strong>and</strong> Servicing <strong>Guide</strong> (Dorado 100<br />

Series servers <strong>and</strong> Dorado 200 Series servers)<br />

• Dorado 300 Series Fault Isolation <strong>and</strong> Servicing <strong>Guide</strong> (Dorado 300 Series servers)<br />

• Dorado 700 Server Fault Isolation <strong>and</strong> Servicing <strong>Guide</strong> (Dorado 700 Series servers)<br />

• Dorado 4000 Server Fault Isolation <strong>and</strong> Servicing <strong>Guide</strong> (Dorado 4000 Series servers)<br />

5–6 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

5.1.4. Changing the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation LAN Ethernet<br />

Switch<br />

The Ethernet managed switch (NG700-SWX) used for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

interconnect is the same as that used in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L (Dorado 300 Series servers) for<br />

hardware control. However, when used for <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation interconnect, the<br />

switch is used as a simple switch rather than as a managed switch. All management<br />

programming is removed from the switch by forcing a factory reset: Momentarily press<br />

Factory Reset located on the back of the unit, then cycle the AC power switch to OFF<br />

<strong>and</strong> then to ON again.<br />

5.2. Changing Software<br />

This section describes how to change one or more of the software components that<br />

make up an <strong>XPC</strong>-L system. You must determine if a complete shutdown of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

system is required to be able to change one or more of the components. Consult the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware 2.2 Customer Reference Manual <strong>and</strong> Technical Information Bulletin for<br />

the plateau you are intending to move to for this information.<br />

Installing all of the software components from the new plateau is a simpler <strong>and</strong> less<br />

error prone procedure than changing an individual software component while the other<br />

software components remain operating. A complete shutdown of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system<br />

requires all hosts connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system to be down. If this is undesirable, you<br />

can change the software components individually (if the newly installed software is<br />

compatible with the current <strong>XPC</strong>-L software that remains running). However, you may<br />

have to perform a complete shutdown if your upgrade results in incompatible code levels<br />

while attempting to change software components individually.<br />

5.2.1. Changing with a Complete Shutdown of the <strong>System</strong><br />

Use the following procedure if you choose to perform the software upgrade change by<br />

completely shutting down the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system. You might have to use this procedure if<br />

your upgrade results in incompatible code levels while attempting to change software<br />

components individually.<br />

1. Shut down the entire <strong>XPC</strong>-L system, referring to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Operations <strong>Guide</strong>..<br />

2. Remove the currently installed <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server software from the primary <strong>and</strong><br />

secondary servers (see Section 6.3, “Removing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server Software“).<br />

3. Remove the currently installed <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software from the active <strong>and</strong> backup<br />

workstations (see Section 6.4, “Removing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation Software“).<br />

4. Install the new <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software using the procedures in Section 2.2.3,<br />

“Installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation Control Software.“<br />

5. Install the new <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server software using the procedures in Section 2.2.4,<br />

“Installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server Software.“<br />

6. Install the new version of XIIP (PCIOP) microcode using the procedures in “5.2.9.1<br />

Loading a New Version of XIIP Microcode.“<br />

6885 3522–003 5–7


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

5.2.2. Changing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Platform Software<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L platform software consists of Windows 2003, Enterprise Edition, on the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L servers <strong>and</strong> Windows XP on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations. Microsoft releases<br />

patches, service packs, <strong>and</strong> new releases of its operating system <strong>and</strong> associated<br />

software on an ongoing basis. Do not change or modify any Windows software on the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L servers or <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations unless otherwise directed by Unisys.<br />

Unisys also announces <strong>and</strong> makes available updates to its Dorado Series platform<br />

software for general use for those customers running the Windows operating system.<br />

Do not upgrade your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system platform unless it is specifically called for in the <strong>XPC</strong>-<br />

L Firmware 2.0 Customer Reference Manual or the Technical Information Bulletin for an<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L platform. Any required platform software upgrade procedures are described in<br />

each <strong>XPC</strong>-L firmware release. This includes information on whether the code levels are<br />

compatible for changing components individually or whether the entire system should be<br />

shut down <strong>and</strong> upgraded all at once.<br />

Windows XP Activation<br />

The Dell OptiPlex 755 <strong>and</strong> 960 workstations that are shipped as Control Workstations for<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong>-L come with Windows XP SP2 installed. These Workstations are setup at the<br />

Unisys factory for use as the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations. The most recently shipped<br />

OptiPlex 755 <strong>and</strong> 960 workstations have the software option for downgrading Windows<br />

Vista Business Bonus-Windows XP Professional.<br />

You will no longer be able to activate on-line over the Internet. When prompted to<br />

activate, call the activation support line <strong>and</strong> explain your circumstances to the Microsoft<br />

customer service representative. Once it is determined that you have a valid Vista<br />

Business License, the customer service representative will help you activate your XP<br />

software.<br />

When calling the customer service representative, keep ready an XP CD <strong>and</strong> its product<br />

key from one of your existing workstations or service processors. This is because the<br />

customer service representative might ask you to use this product key to activate your<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Workstation.<br />

5–8 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

5.2.3. Changing Platform Software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstations [Dell OptiPlex 960]<br />

This section describes how to:<br />

• Reinstall Windows XP onto an <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

• Reinstall device drivers onto an <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

• Reconfigure the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

5.2.3.1. Reinstalling Windows XP SP3 <strong>and</strong> Setting Up the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation [Dell OptiPlex 960]<br />

The following procedure reinstalls everything except the device drivers. Reinstallation of<br />

the device drivers is described in “5.2.3.2 Reinstalling Device Drivers.“ You will also<br />

need to remove certain Windows components <strong>and</strong> enable Multi CPU Core mode for the<br />

processor. These procedures are described in “5.2.3.3 Removing Unnecessary Windows<br />

Components, Executables, <strong>and</strong> Services“ <strong>and</strong> “5.2.3.4 Enabling Multi CPU Core Mode.“<br />

1. Disconnect any mapped network drives on all <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers.<br />

2. Copy any data that has to be saved off the local disk (for example, control logs,<br />

configuration files, host files, <strong>and</strong> so on).<br />

3. Insert the reinstallation (recovery) CD-ROM <strong>and</strong> reboot the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation. The message Boot from CD appears.<br />

Note: If you do not see the message Boot from CD, press F2 to access the<br />

BIOS <strong>and</strong> change the boot configuration to boot from CD first instead of from the<br />

hard drive first. Then reboot the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

4. Press Enter to boot from CD.<br />

The Windows Setup window appears <strong>and</strong> then the Welcome to Setup selection<br />

window appears.<br />

5. Press Enter to select the menu item To set up Windows XP now.<br />

The Windows XP Licensing Agreement window appears.<br />

6. Press F8 to accept the terms of the license agreement. The window showing the<br />

current partitions appears.<br />

a. To install a fresh copy of Windows XP without repairing, press ESC.<br />

b. Select the C: partition with the current size of 76,254 MB.<br />

c. Press D to delete the selected partition.<br />

d. Press Enter to delete.<br />

e. Press L.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–9


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

7. Create the new partition using the following steps:<br />

a. Select the unpartitioned space of 76,254 MB.<br />

b. Press C to select the current partition size of 76,254 MB.<br />

c. Press Enter.<br />

d. Select C: Partition 2 [New Raw] 76254MB.<br />

e. Press Enter.<br />

f. Select Format the partition using NTFS file system <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

The drive is formatted. After the drive has been formatted, Windows XP begins<br />

to install. The PC reboots when installation is complete.<br />

The Regional <strong>and</strong> Language Options dialog box is displayed.<br />

8. Click Next. Type your name <strong>and</strong> organization in the registration window that<br />

appears. Type the name <strong>and</strong> organization values established by your site<br />

administrator, then click Next.<br />

9. Type the computer name <strong>and</strong> password from Table B–8 into the appropriate boxes<br />

<strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

10. Set the correct date <strong>and</strong> time for your location. Click Next.<br />

Windows installation continues for a few minutes. A progress window lets you know<br />

the installation process is continuing. The message "To improve the appearance of<br />

visual elements, Windows will automatically adjust your screen resolution"<br />

appears.<br />

11. Click OK on the Display settings message box.<br />

After Windows completes its adjustments, it asks if you can view the display.<br />

12. Click OK.<br />

The Welcome window appears.<br />

13. Click Next to continue.<br />

The Help Protect your PC window appears showing the following two options:<br />

− Help Protect my PC by turning on Automatic updates now.<br />

− Not right now.<br />

14. Select Not right now (because your PC will be on a private network) <strong>and</strong> click<br />

Next.<br />

The Who will use this computer window appears.<br />

15. Type the user name from Table B–9 (or one that has been assigned by your site) in<br />

the Administrator box <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

16. Click Finish.<br />

The Logon window appears.<br />

5–10 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

17. Log on to the Administrator account <strong>and</strong> perform the procedures provided in the<br />

following sections:<br />

− “5.2.3.2 Reinstalling Device Drivers“<br />

− “5.2.3.3 Removing Unnecessary Windows Components, Executables, <strong>and</strong><br />

Services“<br />

− “ 5.2.3.4 Enabling Multi CPU Core Mode“<br />

18. Continue setting up the user accounts by performing the following steps:<br />

a. On the Start menu, point to Settings <strong>and</strong> click Control Panel.<br />

b. Double-click User Accounts.<br />

The User Accounts window appears.<br />

c. Select Change the way users log on or off.<br />

The Select logon <strong>and</strong> logoff options dialog box appears.<br />

d. Clear the Use the welcome screen option, <strong>and</strong> then click Apply Options.<br />

You are returned to the User Accounts window.<br />

e. Click Create a new account. Type the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control user name (or a user of<br />

your choice) referring to the appropriate row of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> User<br />

Name/Password Information Worksheet provided with your system (see Table<br />

B–9 for an example of this table).<br />

f. Click Change an account <strong>and</strong> select the user name you defined in step 18e.<br />

g. Click Create password.<br />

Enter the password (or a password of your choice) for this user name referring<br />

to the appropriate row of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> User Name/Password Information<br />

Worksheet provided with your system (see Table B–9 for an example of this<br />

table).<br />

The Files <strong>and</strong> folders dialog box appears.<br />

h. Click Create password.<br />

i. Click No <strong>and</strong> close the User Accounts window.<br />

j. Repeat steps 18f through 18i for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Service user name <strong>and</strong> password.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–11


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

19. Perform the following steps to configure <strong>and</strong> set up the network configurations. The<br />

workstation has two Ethernet cards installed. Note these cards might not be<br />

identical.<br />

a. On the Start menu, point to Settings <strong>and</strong> then click Control Panel.<br />

b. Double-click the Network <strong>and</strong> Internet connections category.<br />

The Network <strong>and</strong> Internet connections window appears.<br />

c. Click Network Connections on the lower part of the window.<br />

The Network Connections window appears.<br />

d. Right click the appropriate Local Area Connection icon <strong>and</strong> click<br />

Properties.<br />

The Local Area Connection Properties window appears.<br />

e. Click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to highlight it <strong>and</strong> then click Properties.<br />

The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box appears.<br />

f. Click Use the following IP address <strong>and</strong> fill in the fields as follows:<br />

1. Type the IP address for this <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation. Also write into the<br />

appropriate row <strong>and</strong> column of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> Information part of the<br />

worksheet provided with your system (see Table B–8 for an example of this<br />

table). Use Network IP Address 1 for LAN 2 <strong>and</strong> Network IP Address 2 for<br />

LAN.<br />

2. Type the appropriate subnet mask in the Subnet mask box.<br />

3. Leave the Default gateway, DNS server, <strong>and</strong> Alternate DNS server<br />

boxes blank.<br />

4. Click OK to close the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window.<br />

g. Click Close to close the Local Area Connection Properties window.<br />

h. Repeat steps 19d through 19g for the other network card (click the other Local<br />

Area Connection icon).<br />

i. Close Control Panel.<br />

5–12 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

20. Install the Roxio Creator Dell Edition software using the following steps:<br />

a. Insert the Roxio Creator 9.0 DE CD. The Roxio setup wizard appears<br />

b. Click Next Next. Next The End User License agreement appears.<br />

c. Read the license agreement. Click I accept the terms <strong>and</strong> then click Next.<br />

Customer Information screen appears.<br />

d. Fill in the name, organization, <strong>and</strong> serial number if not already filled. Then click<br />

Next. The choose setup type window appears.<br />

e. Select Custom <strong>and</strong> then click Next to install Roxio in the default location. The<br />

Feature window appears.<br />

f. Uncheck the following features:<br />

ο Roxio Creator Audio<br />

ο Roxio Express Labeler 3<br />

ο Roxio Drag to Disc<br />

g. Click Next <strong>and</strong> click Install. The installation continues <strong>and</strong> will take a few<br />

minutes to finish.<br />

h. When the installation is done click Finish. Click Yes to the restart message <strong>and</strong><br />

reboot your computer. Remove the Roxio CD.<br />

i. Log back on as an administrator. Click Start, point to Settings <strong>and</strong> open<br />

Control Panel. Double-click Add/Remove programs. Then remove this<br />

program: Sonic CinePlayer Decoder-Pack.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–13


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

21. Install the Microsoft .NET framework <strong>and</strong> .NET framework SP1 from the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Firmware CD-ROM by performing the following steps:<br />

a. Insert the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware Level CD into the CD drive of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation. The installation application detects if the proper version of .NET<br />

Framework is installed.<br />

ο If the proper version is installed, you will not receive any messages related<br />

to the installation of .NET Framework. In this case, cancel the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

installation (this step will be performed later).<br />

ο If you receive an End User License Agreement (EULA) window about .NET<br />

Framework 1.1 setup, proceed to step 21b.<br />

ο If you receive a window asking if you want to install Microsoft .NET<br />

Framework Service Pack 1, proceed to step 21e.<br />

b. Request a customer representative to perform the following steps to accept the<br />

EULA. A Unisys service representative is not authorized to perform this step.<br />

1. Read the license agreement, scrolling as necessary.<br />

2. Click I agree to accept the EULA.<br />

c. Click Install.<br />

Status windows display the progress of the .NET Framework installation.<br />

d. Click Cancel to stop the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control installation (this step is performed later).<br />

Click OK to continue with the Microsoft .NET Framework Service Pack 1<br />

installation.<br />

e. Read through the End User License Agreement for .NET Framework SP1 <strong>and</strong><br />

then click I accept.<br />

f. A message box appears indicating that all applications should be closed before<br />

performing the installation.<br />

g. Close all applications except the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control installation application, <strong>and</strong> then<br />

click Ignore to proceed with the installation.<br />

Status windows display the progress of the .NET Framework SP1 installation<br />

until the final window indicates that the installation was completed successfully.<br />

h. Click OK.<br />

A message box appears prompting you to restart the system for the<br />

configuration changes to take effect.<br />

i. Click Yes to restart your computer.<br />

Note: Your computer will not reboot if it requires installation of the hot fix<br />

described in step 22.<br />

5–14 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

22. Install the Microsoft .NET framework 1.1 hot fix (KB896665) from the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Firmware CD-ROM by performing the following steps:<br />

a. Insert the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware Level CD into the CD drive of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation. The installation application checks to see if the hot fix is installed.<br />

ο If the hot fix is installed, you do receive any messages related to the<br />

installation of the hot fix. In this case, cancel the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control installation<br />

(this step will be performed later).<br />

ο If you receive a window asking if you want to install Microsoft .NET<br />

Framework 1.1 hot fix (KB896665), proceed to step 22b.<br />

b. Click OK to continue with the Microsoft .NET Framework hot fix (KB896665)<br />

installation.<br />

c. Read through the End User License Agreement for the hot fix. Click I accept.<br />

Status windows display the progress of the .NET Framework SP1 installation<br />

until the final window indicates successful completion of installation.<br />

d. Click OK.<br />

The system displays the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation installation window.<br />

e. Click Cancel to not proceed with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control installation (this step will be<br />

performed later).<br />

f. Reboot the computer.<br />

23. To finish setting up your <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation, refer to Section 2.2.2,<br />

“Preparing to Install <strong>XPC</strong>-L Software.“<br />

6885 3522–003 5–15


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

5.2.3.2. Reinstalling Device Drivers<br />

Perform the following steps to reinstall the video, audio, <strong>and</strong> network drivers:<br />

1. Insert the Dell Driver <strong>and</strong> Utilities Resource CD-ROM that came with your system<br />

into the CD drive.<br />

2. Click Cancel to avoid installing from the CD-ROM.<br />

3. Restart the PC. The Startup dialog box appears.<br />

4. Click Boot from CD-ROM.<br />

5. Click 1 Run the 32 bit diagnostics.<br />

6. Press Enter.<br />

7. Click 1.<br />

8. Press Enter.<br />

9. Click Test <strong>System</strong>.<br />

10. Click Express Test.<br />

11. When Express Test completes successfully, click OK <strong>and</strong> then close the dialog box.<br />

This causes the system to reboot.<br />

12. On the Startup dialog box, remove the CD-ROM from the drive <strong>and</strong> click Boot<br />

from hard drive.<br />

13. Insert the Dell Driver <strong>and</strong> Utilities Resource CD-ROM into the CD drive.<br />

14. Click OK to install from the CD-ROM. Then click Next.<br />

15. Click Install, <strong>and</strong> then click Finish.<br />

The Welcome dialog box appears.<br />

16. Click Next. The system searches for hardware.<br />

Perform the following steps to reinstall audio drivers:<br />

1. Click Audio Drivers.<br />

2. Click Extract <strong>and</strong> follow the instructions to reinstall the driver.<br />

3. Click Continue.<br />

4. Click OK.<br />

5. Click Yes.<br />

6. Click OK.<br />

7. Click Next.<br />

8. Click NO, I will start my computer later.<br />

9. Click Finish <strong>and</strong> then click Return.<br />

5–16 6885 3522–003


Perform the following steps to reinstall network drivers:<br />

Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

1. Select the NIC driver (the Broadcom 57xx Gigabit) to reinstall the network driver.<br />

2. Click Extract <strong>and</strong> follow the instructions to reinstall the driver.<br />

3. Click Return when the reinstallation of the network driver finishes.<br />

4. Select the NIC driver (Intel 825xx Gigabit) to reinstall the network driver.<br />

5. Click Extract <strong>and</strong> follow the instructions to reinstall the driver.<br />

6. Click Return when the reinstallation of the network drivers finishes.<br />

Perform the following steps to reinstall video drivers:<br />

1. Click Video Driver to reinstall the video driver.<br />

2. Click Extract <strong>and</strong> follow the instructions to reinstall the driver.<br />

3. Click No, I will start my computer later.<br />

4. Click Return when the reinstallation of the video driver finishes.<br />

5. Click Controller Drivers/ Intel Chip Set Software.<br />

6. Click Extract <strong>and</strong> follow the instructions to reinstall the driver.<br />

7. When the InstallShield Wizard Complete dialog box appears, remove the Dell<br />

Drivers <strong>and</strong> Utilities CD-ROM from the drive.<br />

Note: If you do not see the InstallShield Wizard, close the OptiPlex Resource CD<br />

window.<br />

8. Click Finish <strong>and</strong> reboot the computer.<br />

9. Adjust the window properties as needed. Right-click Desktop icon <strong>and</strong> click<br />

Properties.<br />

The Display Properties window appears.<br />

10. Select the Settings tab <strong>and</strong>, under Screen resolution, change the resolution to<br />

1024x768 pixels.<br />

11. Return to step 17 in “5.2.3.1 Reinstalling Windows XP SP3 <strong>and</strong> Setting Up the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation [Dell OptiPlex 960].“<br />

6885 3522–003 5–17


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

5.2.3.3. Removing Unnecessary Windows Components, Executables,<br />

<strong>and</strong> Services<br />

Perform the following steps to remove unnecessary Windows components <strong>and</strong><br />

executables:<br />

1. Log on as an administrator.<br />

2. Switch to Classic mode on the Control Panel using the following steps:<br />

a. Click Start, point to Settings, <strong>and</strong> then click Control Panel.<br />

b. Double-click Folder Options.<br />

c. On the General tab under Tasks, click Use Windows classic folders. Click<br />

OK.<br />

3. Double-click Add or Remove Programs.<br />

4. Click Add/Remove Windows Components.<br />

5. Ensure that the following check boxes are cleared:<br />

− Internet Explorer<br />

− MSN Explorer<br />

− Outlook Express<br />

− Update Root Certificates<br />

− Windows Media Player<br />

− Windows Messenger<br />

6. Click Next.<br />

Status windows display the progress of the removal of Windows components.<br />

7. Click Finish when you receive a message indicating that you have successfully<br />

completed the Windows component operation.<br />

Note: You might see a message box during the process of removing of Windows<br />

components indicating that there is Windows failure related to MSN Explorer. Click<br />

OK if you see this message box.<br />

8. Close the Windows Components window.<br />

9. If any of the following programs are listed, click each of them <strong>and</strong> remove it:<br />

− Google desktop<br />

− Google toolbar<br />

− Power DVD 517<br />

− Dell resource CD<br />

5–18 6885 3522–003


10. Close the Add or Remove Programs window.<br />

Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

Perform the following steps to disable unnecessary Windows services:<br />

1. On Control Panel, double-click Administrative Tools.<br />

2. Double-click Services.<br />

3. If the Security Center service exists, select it <strong>and</strong> perform the following steps.<br />

Otherwise, proceed to step 4.<br />

a. If the Security Center service does not have a status of Started, proceed<br />

to step 3c.<br />

b. Right-click the service <strong>and</strong> click Stop. Wait for the service to stop.<br />

c. If the service has a Startup Type of Disabled, proceed to step 4.<br />

d. Right-click the service <strong>and</strong> click Properties.<br />

e. Select Disabled from the Startup Type list.<br />

f. Click OK.<br />

4. Repeat steps 3a through 3f for each of the following services:<br />

− Windows Firewall<br />

− Fast User Switching Compatibility<br />

− Spkrmon<br />

− Application Layer Gateway<br />

5. Close the Services window.<br />

6. Close the Administrative Tools window.<br />

7. Reboot the workstation.<br />

8. Return to step 17 in “5.2.3.1 Reinstalling Windows XP SP3 <strong>and</strong> Setting Up the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation [Dell OptiPlex 960].“<br />

6885 3522–003 5–19


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

5.2.3.4. Enabling Multi CPU Core Mode<br />

Multi CPU Core must be enabled on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations. Perform the following<br />

steps to enable Multi- CPU Core:<br />

1. Reboot the workstation <strong>and</strong> enter the BIOS setup by pressing the F2 key early in the<br />

reboot process. The appropriate time to press F2 is when you see DELL in large<br />

letters on the screen <strong>and</strong> the F2 setup option displayed in the upper right corner of<br />

the screen.<br />

The BIOS Settings screen appears.<br />

2. Click Performance Group in the left column of the display to select it.<br />

3. Exp<strong>and</strong> Performance Group <strong>and</strong> click Multi Core Support.<br />

4. Ensure Enable Multi Core Support is checked. If it is not already selected,<br />

select it <strong>and</strong> then go to step 5. If it is selected, go to step 6.<br />

5. Click Apply.<br />

6. Click Exit.<br />

The workstation reboots with Multi CPU Core enabled.<br />

7. Return to step 17 in “5.2.3.1 Reinstalling Windows XP SP3 <strong>and</strong> Setting Up the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation [Dell OptiPlex 960].“<br />

5.2.4. Changing Platform Software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstations [Dell OptiPlex 745 <strong>and</strong> Dell OptiPlex 755]<br />

This section describes how to:<br />

• Reinstall Windows XP onto an <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

• Reinstall device drivers onto an <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

• Reconfigure the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

5–20 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

5.2.4.1. Reinstalling Windows XP <strong>and</strong> Setting Up the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation Dell [OptiPlex 745 <strong>and</strong> Dell OptiPlex 755]<br />

The following procedure reinstalls everything except the device drivers. Reinstallation of<br />

the device drivers is described in “5.2.4.2 Reinstalling Device Drivers.“ You will also<br />

need to remove certain Windows components <strong>and</strong> enable Multi CPU Core mode for the<br />

processor. These procedures are described in “5.2.4.3 Removing Unnecessary Windows<br />

Components, Executables, <strong>and</strong> Services“ <strong>and</strong> “5.2.4.4 Enabling Multi CPU Core Mode.“<br />

1. Disconnect any mapped network drives on all <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers.<br />

2. Copy any data that has to be saved off the local disk (for example, control logs,<br />

configuration files, host files, <strong>and</strong> so on).<br />

3. Insert the reinstallation (recovery) CD-ROM <strong>and</strong> reboot the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation. The message Boot from CD appears.<br />

Note: If you do not see the message Boot from CD, press F2 to access the<br />

BIOS <strong>and</strong> change the boot configuration to boot from CD first instead of from the<br />

hard drive first. Then reboot the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

4. Press Enter to boot from CD.<br />

The Windows Setup window appears <strong>and</strong> then the Welcome to Setup selection<br />

window appears.<br />

5. Press Enter to select the menu item To set up Windows XP now.<br />

The Windows XP Licensing Agreement window appears.<br />

6. Press F8 to accept the terms of the license agreement. The window showing the<br />

current partitions appears.<br />

a. Press ESC to install a fresh copy of Windows XP without repairing.<br />

b. Select the C: partition with the current size of 76,254 MB.<br />

c. Press D to delete the selected partition.<br />

d. Press Enter to delete.<br />

e. Press L.<br />

7. Create the new partition using the following steps:<br />

a. Select the unpartitioned space of 76,254 MB.<br />

b. Press C to select the current partition size of 76,254 MB.<br />

c. Press Enter.<br />

d. Select C: Partition 2 [New Raw] 76254MB.<br />

e. Press Enter.<br />

f. Select Format the partition using NTFS file system <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

The drive is formatted. After the drive has been formatted, Windows XP begins<br />

to install. The PC reboots when installation is complete.<br />

The Regional <strong>and</strong> Language Options dialog box is displayed. Click Next.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–21


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

8. Type your name <strong>and</strong> organization in the registration window that appears. Type the<br />

name <strong>and</strong> organization values established by your site administrator, then click<br />

Next.<br />

9. Type the computer name <strong>and</strong> password from Table B–8 into the appropriate boxes<br />

<strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

10. Set the correct date <strong>and</strong> time for your location. Click Next.<br />

Windows installation continues for a few minutes. A progress window lets you<br />

know the installation process is continuing. The message "To improve the<br />

appearance of visual elements, Windows will automatically adjust your<br />

screen resolution" appears.<br />

11. Click OK on the Display settings message box.<br />

After Windows completes its adjustments, it asks if you can view the display.<br />

12. Click OK.<br />

The Welcome window appears.<br />

13. Click Next to continue.<br />

The Help Protect your PC window appears showing the following two options:<br />

− Help Protect my PC by turning on Automatic updates now.<br />

− Not right now.<br />

14. Select Not right now (because your PC will be on a private network) <strong>and</strong> click<br />

Next. The Who will use this computer window appears.<br />

15. Type the user name from Table B–9 (or one that has been assigned by your site) in<br />

the Administrator box <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

16. Click Finish.<br />

The Logon window appears.<br />

17. Log on to the Administrator account <strong>and</strong> perform the procedures provided in the<br />

following sections of “5.2.4 Changing Platform Software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstations [Dell OptiPlex 745 <strong>and</strong> Dell OptiPlex 755].“<br />

− “5.2.4.2 Reinstalling Device Drivers“<br />

− “5.2.4.3 Removing Unnecessary Windows Components, Executables, <strong>and</strong><br />

Services“<br />

− “ 5.2.4.4 Enabling Multi CPU Core Mode“<br />

5–22 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

18. Continue setting up the user accounts by performing the following steps:<br />

a. On the Start menu, point to Settings <strong>and</strong> click Control Panel.<br />

b. Double-click User Accounts.<br />

The User Accounts window appears.<br />

c. Select Change the way users log on or off.<br />

The Select logon <strong>and</strong> logoff options dialog box appears.<br />

d. Clear the Use the welcome screen option, <strong>and</strong> then click Apply Options.<br />

You are returned to the User Accounts window.<br />

e. Click Create a new account. Type the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control user name (or a user of<br />

your choice) referring to the appropriate row of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> User<br />

Name/Password Information Worksheet provided with your system (see Table<br />

B–9 for an example of this table).<br />

f. Click Change an account <strong>and</strong> select the user name you defined in step 18e.<br />

g. Click Create password.<br />

Enter the password (or a password of your choice) for this user name referring<br />

to the appropriate row of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> User Name/Password Information<br />

Worksheet provided with your system (see Table B–9 for an example of this<br />

table).<br />

The Files <strong>and</strong> folders dialog box appears.<br />

h. Click No <strong>and</strong> close the User Accounts window.<br />

i. Repeat steps 18f through 18h for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Service user name <strong>and</strong> password.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–23


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

19. Perform the following steps to configure <strong>and</strong> set up the network configurations. The<br />

workstation has two Ethernet cards installed. Note these cards might not be<br />

identical.<br />

a. On the Start menu, point to Settings <strong>and</strong> then click Control Panel.<br />

b. Double-click the Network <strong>and</strong> Internet connections category. The<br />

Network <strong>and</strong> Internet connections window appears. This window has two parts:<br />

the top part has the caption Pick a task <strong>and</strong> the lower part has the caption or<br />

pick a Control Panel Icon with labeled icons below it.<br />

c. Click Network Connections on the lower part of the window.<br />

The Network Connections window appears.<br />

d. Right click the appropriate Local Area Connection icon <strong>and</strong> click<br />

Properties.<br />

The Local Area Connection Properties window appears.<br />

e. Click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to highlight it <strong>and</strong> then click Properties.<br />

The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box appears.<br />

f. Click Use the following IP address <strong>and</strong> fill in the fields as follows:<br />

1. Type the IP address for this <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation. Also write into the<br />

appropriate row <strong>and</strong> column of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> Information part of the<br />

worksheet provided with your system (see Table B–8 for an example of<br />

this table). Use Network IP Address 1 for LAN 2 <strong>and</strong> Network IP Address 2<br />

for LAN.<br />

2. Type the appropriate subnet mask in the Subnet mask box.<br />

3. Leave the Default gateway, DNS server, <strong>and</strong> Alternate DNS server<br />

boxes blank.<br />

4. Click OK to close the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window.<br />

g. Click Close to close the Local Area Connection Properties window.<br />

h. Repeat steps 19d through 19g for the other network card (click the other Local<br />

Area Connection icon).<br />

i. Close Control Panel.<br />

20. Install the Roxio Creator Dell Edition software.<br />

5–24 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

21. Install the Microsoft .NET framework <strong>and</strong> .NET framework SP1 from the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Firmware CD-ROM using the following steps:<br />

a. Insert the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD into the CD drive of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation. The installation application checks to see if the proper version of<br />

.NET Framework is installed.<br />

− If the proper version is installed, you will not receive any messages related<br />

to the installation of .NET Framework. In this case, cancel the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

installation (this step will be performed later).<br />

− If you receive an End User License Agreement (EULA) window about .NET<br />

Framework 1.1 setup, proceed to step 21b.<br />

− If you receive a window asking if you want to install Microsoft .NET<br />

Framework Service Pack 1, proceed to step 21e.<br />

b. Request a customer representative to perform the following steps to accept the<br />

EULA. A Unisys service representative is not authorized to perform this step.<br />

1. Read the license agreement scrolling through as necessary.<br />

2. Click I agree to accept the EULA.<br />

c. Click Install.<br />

Status windows display the progress of the .NET Framework installation.<br />

d. Click Cancel to stop the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control installation (this step is performed later).<br />

Proceed to step 21e to install Microsoft .NET Framework Service Pack 1.<br />

e. Click OK to continue with the Microsoft .NET Framework Service Pack 1<br />

installation.<br />

f. Read through the End User License Agreement for .NET Framework SP1 <strong>and</strong><br />

then click I accept.<br />

A message box appears indicating that all applications should be closed before<br />

performing the installation.<br />

g. Close all applications except the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control installation application, <strong>and</strong> then<br />

click Ignore to proceed with the installation.<br />

Status windows display the progress of the .NET Framework SP1 installation<br />

until the final window indicates successful completion of installation.<br />

h. Click OK.<br />

A message box appears prompting you to restart the system for the<br />

configuration changes to take effect.<br />

i. Click Yes to restart your computer.<br />

Note: Your computer will not reboot if it requires installation of the hot fix<br />

described in step 22.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–25


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

22. Install the Microsoft .NET framework 1.1 hot fix (KB896665) from the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Firmware CD-ROM using the following steps:<br />

a. Insert the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD into the CD drive of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation. The installation application checks to see if the hot fix is installed.<br />

− If the hot fix is installed, you do receive any messages related to the<br />

installation of the hot fix. In this case, cancel the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control installation<br />

(this step will be performed later).<br />

− If you receive a window asking if you want to install Microsoft .NET<br />

Framework 1.1 hot fix (KB896665), proceed to step 23b.<br />

b. Click OK to continue with the Microsoft .NET Framework hot fix (KB896665)<br />

installation.<br />

c. Read through the End User License Agreement for the hot fix. Click I accept.<br />

Status windows display the progress of the .NET Framework SP1 installation<br />

until the final window indicates successful completion of installation.<br />

d. Click OK.<br />

The system displays the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation installation window.<br />

e. Click Cancel to not proceed with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control installation (this step will be<br />

performed later).<br />

f. Reboot the computer.<br />

23. To finish setting up your <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation, refer to Section 2.2.2,<br />

“Preparing to Install <strong>XPC</strong>-L Software.“<br />

5–26 6885 3522–003


5.2.4.2. Reinstalling Device Drivers<br />

Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

Perform the following steps to reinstall the video, audio, <strong>and</strong> network drivers:<br />

1. Insert the Dell Resource CD-ROM that came with your system into the CD drive.<br />

2. Click Cancel to avoid installing from the CD-ROM.<br />

3. Restart the PC. The Startup dialog appears.<br />

4. Click Boot from CD-ROM.<br />

5. Click 1 Run the 32 bit diagnostics.<br />

6. Press Enter.<br />

7. Click 1.<br />

8. Press Enter.<br />

9. Click Test <strong>System</strong>.<br />

10. Click Express Test.<br />

11. When Express Test completes successfully, click OK <strong>and</strong> then close the dialog box.<br />

This causes the system to reboot.<br />

12. On the Startup dialog box, remove the CD-ROM from the drive <strong>and</strong> click Boot<br />

from hard drive.<br />

13. Insert the Dell Resource CD-ROM into the CD drive.<br />

14. Click OK to install from the CD-ROM.<br />

15. Click Install, <strong>and</strong> then click Finish.<br />

The Welcome dialog box appears.<br />

16. Click Next. The system searches for hardware.<br />

Perform the following steps to reinstall audio drivers:<br />

1. Click Audio Drivers.<br />

2. Click Extract <strong>and</strong> follow the instructions to reinstall the driver.<br />

3. Click Continue.<br />

4. Click OK.<br />

5. Click Yes.<br />

6. Click OK.<br />

7. Click Next.<br />

8. Click NO, I will start my computer later.<br />

9. Click Finish <strong>and</strong> then click Return.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–27


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

Perform the following steps to reinstall network drivers:<br />

1. Select the NIC driver (the Broadcom 57xx Gigabit) to reinstall the network driver.<br />

2. Click Extract <strong>and</strong> follow the instructions to reinstall the driver.<br />

3. Click Return when the reinstallation of the network driver finishes.<br />

For the OptiPlex 755, go to step 1 of video driver reinstallation. For the OptiPlex 745,<br />

go to step 4 of video driver reinstallation.<br />

4. Select the NIC driver (Intel 825xx Gigabit) to reinstall the network driver.<br />

5. Click Extract <strong>and</strong> follow the instructions to reinstall the driver.<br />

6. Click Return when the reinstallation of the network drivers finishes.<br />

Perform the following steps to reinstall video drivers:<br />

1. Click Video Driver to reinstall the video driver.<br />

2. Click Extract <strong>and</strong> follow the instructions to reinstall the driver.<br />

3. Click No, I will start my computer later.<br />

4. Click Return when the reinstallation of the video driver finishes.<br />

5. Click Controller Drivers.<br />

6. Click Extract <strong>and</strong> follow the instructions to reinstall the driver.<br />

7. When the InstallShield Wizard Complete dialog box appears, remove the<br />

Resource CD-ROM from the drive.<br />

Note: If you do not see the InstallShield Wizard, close the OptiPlex Resource CD<br />

window.<br />

8. Click Finish <strong>and</strong> reboot the computer.<br />

9. Adjust the window properties as needed. Right-click Desktop icon <strong>and</strong> click<br />

Properties.<br />

The Display Properties window appears.<br />

10. Select the Settings tab <strong>and</strong>, under Screen resolution, change the resolution to<br />

800x600 pixels.<br />

11. Return to step 17 in “5.2.4.1 Reinstalling Windows XP <strong>and</strong> Setting Up the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation [OptiPlex 745 <strong>and</strong> Dell OptiPlex 755].“<br />

5–28 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

5.2.4.3. Removing Unnecessary Windows Components, Executables,<br />

<strong>and</strong> Services<br />

Perform the following steps to remove unnecessary Windows components <strong>and</strong><br />

executables:<br />

1. Log on as an administrator.<br />

2. Switch to Classic mode on the Control Panel using the following steps:<br />

a. Click Start, point to Settings, <strong>and</strong> then click Control Panel.<br />

b. Double-click Folder Options.<br />

c. On the General tab under Tasks, click Use Windows classic folders. Click<br />

OK.<br />

3. Double-click Add or Remove Programs.<br />

4. Click Add/Remove Windows Components.<br />

5. Ensure that the following check boxes are cleared:<br />

− Internet Explorer<br />

− MSN Explorer<br />

− Outlook Express<br />

− Update Root Certificates<br />

− Windows Media Player<br />

− Windows Messenger<br />

6. Click Next.<br />

Status windows display the progress of the removal of Windows components.<br />

7. Click Finish when you receive a message indicating that you have successfully<br />

completed the Windows component operation.<br />

Note: You might see a message box during the process of removing of Windows<br />

components indicating that there is Windows failure related to MSN Explorer. Click<br />

OK if you see this message box.<br />

8. Close the Windows Components window.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–29


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

9. If any of the following programs are listed, click each of them <strong>and</strong> remove it:<br />

− Google desktop<br />

− Google toolbar<br />

− Power DVD 517<br />

− Dell resource CD<br />

− Express Labeler<br />

− Roxio Creator Audio<br />

− Roxio Creator BDAV Plug-ins<br />

− Roxio Drag to Disc<br />

− J2SE Runtime Environmental 5.0 Update 6<br />

− Search Assist<br />

− URL Assist<br />

10. Close the Add or Remove Programs window.<br />

Perform the following steps to disable unnecessary Windows services:<br />

1. On Control Panel, double-click Administrative Tools.<br />

2. Double-click Services.<br />

3. If the Security Center service exists, select it <strong>and</strong> perform the following steps.<br />

Otherwise, proceed to step 4.<br />

a. If the Security Center service does not have a status of Started, proceed<br />

to step 3c.<br />

b. Right-click the service <strong>and</strong> click Stop. Wait for the service to stop.<br />

c. If the service has a Startup Type of Disabled, proceed to step 4.<br />

d. Right-click the service <strong>and</strong> click Properties.<br />

e. Select Disabled from the Startup Type list.<br />

f. Click OK.<br />

5–30 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

4. Repeat steps 3a through 3f for each of the following services:<br />

− Windows Firewall<br />

− Fast User Switching Compatibility<br />

− Spkrmon<br />

− Application Layer Gateway<br />

5. Close the Services window.<br />

6. Close the Administrative Tools window.<br />

7. Reboot the workstation.<br />

8. Return to step 17 in “5.2.4.1 Reinstalling Windows XP <strong>and</strong> Setting Up the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation [OptiPlex 745 <strong>and</strong> Dell OptiPlex 755].“<br />

5.2.4.4. Enabling Multi CPU Core Mode<br />

Multi CPU Core must be enabled on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations. Perform the following<br />

steps to enable Multi- CPU Core:<br />

1. Reboot the workstation <strong>and</strong> enter the BIOS setup by pressing the F2 key early in the<br />

reboot process. The appropriate time to press F2 is when you see DELL in large<br />

letters on the screen <strong>and</strong> the F2 setup option displayed in the upper right corner of<br />

the screen.<br />

The BIOS Settings window appears.<br />

2. Use the up or down arrow keys to highlight Performance Group on the left<br />

column of the window.<br />

3. Press Enter to view the fields in the Performance Group.<br />

4. Use the up or down arrow keys to highlight the Multi CPU Core field in the group.<br />

5. Press Enter to modify the workstation’s Multi CPU Core behavior.<br />

6. Use the left or right arrow keys to change the setting to On (On should be<br />

highlighted).<br />

7. Press Enter to complete the Multi CPU Core modification change.<br />

8. Press Esc to initiate the BIOS setup exit.<br />

9. Use the left or right arrow keys to select Save/Exit to save your changes <strong>and</strong> exit<br />

setup.<br />

10. Press Enter.<br />

The workstation reboots with Multi CPU Core enabled.<br />

11. Return to step 17 in “5.2.4.1 Reinstalling Windows XP <strong>and</strong> Setting Up the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation [OptiPlex 745 <strong>and</strong> Dell OptiPlex 755].“<br />

6885 3522–003 5–31


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

5.2.5. Changing Platform Software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstations [Dell GX270 <strong>and</strong> GX280]<br />

This section describes how to<br />

• Reinstall Windows XP onto an <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

• Reinstall device drivers onto an <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

• Reconfigure the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

5.2.5.1. Reinstalling Windows XP <strong>and</strong> Setting Up the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation [Dell GX270 <strong>and</strong> GX280]<br />

The following procedure reinstalls everything except the device drivers. Reinstallation of<br />

the device drivers is described in “5.2.5.2 Reinstalling Device Drivers.“<br />

You must also remove certain Windows components <strong>and</strong> verify Hyper-Thread mode for<br />

the processor. These procedures are described in “5.2.5.3 Removing Unnecessary<br />

Windows Components, Executables, <strong>and</strong> Services“ <strong>and</strong> “5.2.5.4 Verifying <strong>and</strong> Enabling<br />

CPU Hyper-Threading.“<br />

1. Disconnect any mapped network drives on all <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers.<br />

2. Copy any data that has to be saved off the local disk (for example, control logs,<br />

configuration files, host files, <strong>and</strong> so on).<br />

3. Insert the restorable (recovery) CD-ROM <strong>and</strong> reboot the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

The message Boot from CD appears.<br />

4. Press Enter to continue.<br />

The Windows Setup window appears <strong>and</strong> then the Welcome to Setup window<br />

appears.<br />

5. Press Enter to select To set up Windows XP now, press Enter.<br />

The Windows XP Licensing Agreement window appears on the window.<br />

6. Press F8 to accept the terms of the license.<br />

The window showing the current partition appears <strong>and</strong> should show something<br />

similar to C: Partition 1 NTFS 38139 MB.<br />

Note: If you had Windows XP installed previously, press ESC to continue.<br />

7. Delete the current partition using the following steps:<br />

a. Press D to delete the selected partition.<br />

b. Press Enter to delete.<br />

c. Press L.<br />

5–32 6885 3522–003


8. Create the new partition using the following steps:<br />

Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

a. Press C to select the current partition size of 38139 MB<br />

b. Press Enter.<br />

c. Select Format the partition using NTFS file system <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

The drive is formatted. After the drive has been formatted, Windows XP begins<br />

to install.<br />

The Regional <strong>and</strong> Language Options dialog box appears.<br />

9. Click Customize to enter your regional <strong>and</strong> language preferences.<br />

10. Click Next.<br />

On the next window displayed, select your language <strong>and</strong> location choices <strong>and</strong> then<br />

click OK.<br />

11. Click Next. Type the values for the name <strong>and</strong> organization established by your site<br />

administrator into the registration window.<br />

12. Type the user name <strong>and</strong> password from Table B–9 <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

13. Set the correct date <strong>and</strong> time for your location. Click Next.<br />

The Network Settings window appears for the added network interface card.<br />

14. Select typical <strong>and</strong> then click Next.<br />

Note: The NIC card installed is described as either a Netgear FA312 Fast Ethernet<br />

Adapter or a Broadcom NetXtreme 57XX Gigabit Controller.<br />

The Workgroup or Computer Domain window appears.<br />

15. Click No this computer is not on a network. Enter the workgroup name<br />

WORKGROUP <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

The following message appears:<br />

To improve the appearance of visual elements, Windows will automatically<br />

adjust your screen resolution<br />

16. Click OK in response to the Monitor settings message.<br />

17. When the Windows XP welcome screen appears, click Next.<br />

Windows then asks you to check your Internet capability.<br />

18. Click Skip.<br />

19. Click No in response to the message that asks you if you are ready to register online<br />

with Microsoft.<br />

20. Click Next. Set up the users by entering the user names referring Table B–9.<br />

21. Click Finish. The Logon window appears.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–33


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

22. Perform the procedures as given in the following sections:<br />

• “5.2.5.2 Reinstalling Device Drivers,“ to reinstall the device drivers.<br />

• “5.2.5.3 Removing Unnecessary Windows Components, Executables, <strong>and</strong><br />

Services,“ to remove unnecessary Windows components.<br />

• “5.2.5.4 Verifying <strong>and</strong> Enabling CPU Hyper-Threading,“ to verify Hyper-Thread<br />

mode.<br />

23. Continue setting up the user accounts by performing the following steps:<br />

a. On the Start menu, point to Settings <strong>and</strong> click Control Panel.<br />

b. Double-click User Accounts.<br />

The User Accounts window appears.<br />

c. Select Change the way users log on or off.<br />

The Select logon <strong>and</strong> logoff options dialog box appears.<br />

d. Clear the Use the welcome screen option, <strong>and</strong> then click Apply Options.<br />

You are taken back to the User Accounts window.<br />

e. Click Create a new account. Type the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control user name (or a user of<br />

your choice) referring to the appropriate row of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> User<br />

Name/Password Information Worksheet provided with your system (see Table<br />

B–9 for an example of this table).<br />

f. Click Change an account <strong>and</strong> select the user name you defined in step 12.<br />

g. Click Create password.<br />

Enter the password (or a password of your choice) for this user name referring<br />

to the appropriate row of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> User Name/Password Information<br />

Worksheet provided with your system (see Table B–9 for an example of this<br />

table).<br />

The Files <strong>and</strong> folders dialog box appears.<br />

h. Click No <strong>and</strong> close the User Accounts window.<br />

i. Repeat steps 23b through 23h for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Service user name <strong>and</strong> password.<br />

5–34 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

Configuring <strong>and</strong> Setting Up Network <strong>Configuration</strong>s<br />

Perform the following steps to configure <strong>and</strong> set up the network configurations. The<br />

workstation has two Ethernet cards installed. Note these cards might not be identical.<br />

1. On the Start menu, point to Settings, <strong>and</strong> then click Control Panel.<br />

2. Select the Network <strong>and</strong> Internet connections category.<br />

The Network <strong>and</strong> Internet connections window appears. This window has two parts;<br />

the top part has the caption Pick a task <strong>and</strong> the lower part has the caption or pick a<br />

Control Panel Icon with labeled icons below it.<br />

3. From the lower part of the window, select Network Connections. The Network<br />

Connections window appears.<br />

4. Right-click the appropriate Local Area Connection icon <strong>and</strong> click Properties.<br />

The Local Area Connection Properties window appears.<br />

5. Click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to highlight it.<br />

6. Click Properties.<br />

The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box appears.<br />

7. Click Use the following IP address <strong>and</strong> fill in the fields as follows:<br />

a. Type the IP address for this workstation. Also write it into the appropriate row<br />

<strong>and</strong> column of the <strong>XPC</strong> L <strong>System</strong> Information part of the Worksheet provided<br />

with your system (see Table B–8 for an example of this table). Use Network IP<br />

address 1 for LAN 2 <strong>and</strong> use Network IP address 2 for LAN.<br />

b. Type the appropriate subnet mask into the Subnet mask box.<br />

c. Leave the fields Default gateway, DNS server, <strong>and</strong> Alternate DNS<br />

server blank.<br />

d. Click OK to close the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window.<br />

8. Click Close to close the Local Area Connection Properties window.<br />

9. Repeat steps 4 through 8 for the other network card (click the other Local Area<br />

Connection icon).<br />

10. Close Control Panel.<br />

Now, install the Sonic Record Now 7.1 Deluxe software <strong>and</strong> begin with the following<br />

procedure.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–35


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

Installing Microsoft .NET framework <strong>and</strong> .NET framework SP1<br />

Perform the following steps to install the Microsoft .NET framework <strong>and</strong> .NET<br />

framework SP1 from the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD-ROM:<br />

1. Insert the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD into the CD drive of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

The installation application checks to see if the proper version of .NET Framework is<br />

installed.<br />

• If the proper version is installed, you do not receive any messages related to the<br />

installation of .NET Framework. In this case, cancel the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control installation<br />

(this step will be performed later).<br />

• If you receive an End User License Agreement (EULA) window about .NET<br />

Framework 1.1 setup, proceed to step 2.<br />

• If you receive a window asking if you want to install Microsoft .NET Framework<br />

Service Pack 1, proceed to step 5.<br />

2. Request a representative of the customer to perform the following steps to accept<br />

the EULA (A Unisys service representative is not authorized to perform this step):<br />

a. Read the license agreement, scrolling as necessary.<br />

b. Click I agree to accept the EULA.<br />

3. Click Install.<br />

Status windows display the progress of the .NET Framework installation.<br />

4. Click Cancel to avoid installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control now (this step will be performed<br />

later). Proceed to step 5 to install Microsoft .NET Framework Service Pack 1.<br />

5. Click OK to continue with the Microsoft .NET Framework Service Pack 1 installation.<br />

6. Read through the End User License Agreement for .NET Framework SP1 <strong>and</strong> then<br />

click I accept.<br />

A message box appears indicating that all applications should be closed before<br />

performing the installation.<br />

7. Close all applications except the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control installation application <strong>and</strong> then click<br />

Ignore to proceed with the installation.<br />

Status windows display the progress of the .NET Framework SP1 installation until<br />

the final window that indicates successful completion of the installation.<br />

8. Click OK.<br />

You see a message box about the need to restart your system for the configuration<br />

changes to take effect.<br />

9. Click Yes to restart your computer.<br />

5–36 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

Installing the Microsoft .NET framework 1.1 hot fix (KB896665)<br />

Perform the following steps to install the Microsoft .NET framework 1.1 hot fix<br />

(KB896665) from the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD-ROM:<br />

1. Insert the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD into the CD drive of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

The installation application detects if the hot fix is installed.<br />

• If the hot fix is installed, you do not receive any messages related to the<br />

installation of the hot fix. In this case, cancel the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control installation (this<br />

step will be performed later).<br />

• If you receive a window asking if you want to install Microsoft .NET Framework<br />

1.1 hot fix (KB896665), proceed to step 2.<br />

2. Click OK to continue with the Microsoft .NET Framework hot fix (KB896665)<br />

installation.<br />

3. Read through the End User License Agreement for the hot fix <strong>and</strong> then click I<br />

accept.<br />

Status windows display the progress of the .NET Framework SP1 installation until<br />

the final window that indicates that the installation was completed successfully.<br />

4. Click OK.<br />

The system displays the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation installation window.<br />

5. Click Cancel to avoid installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control now (this step is performed later).<br />

6. To finish setting up your <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation, go to Section 2.2.2, “Preparing<br />

to Install <strong>XPC</strong>-L Software.“<br />

6885 3522–003 5–37


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

5.2.5.2. Reinstalling Device Drivers<br />

Perform the following steps to reinstall the video, audio, <strong>and</strong> network drivers:<br />

1. Insert the latest Dell Resource CD-ROM into the drive.<br />

2. Click Cancel to avoid installing from the CD-ROM.<br />

3. Restart the PC.<br />

The Startup dialog box appears.<br />

4. Click Boot from CD-ROM.<br />

5. Select 1 Run the 32-bit diagnostics <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

6. Press Enter.<br />

The Service tag dialog box appears.<br />

7. Click Express Test.<br />

When Express Test completes successfully, click OK <strong>and</strong> close the dialog box.<br />

This causes the system to reboot.<br />

8. When the Startup dialog box appears, remove the CD-ROM from the drive <strong>and</strong><br />

click Boot from hard drive.<br />

9. Reinsert the Dell Resource CD-ROM into the drive. Click OK to install from the<br />

CD-ROM.<br />

10. Click Next, <strong>and</strong> then click Finish.<br />

The Welcome dialog appears.<br />

11. Click Next.<br />

The system searches for hardware.<br />

12. Reinstall the audio driver using the following steps:<br />

a. Click Audio Driver.<br />

b. Click Extract <strong>and</strong> follow the instructions to reinstall the driver.<br />

c. Click Continue.<br />

d. Click OK.<br />

e. Click Yes.<br />

f. Click OK.<br />

g. Click Next.<br />

h. Click NO, I will start my computer later.<br />

13. Reinstall the network driver using the following steps:<br />

a. Select the NIC driver (the Broadcom NetXtreme).<br />

b. Click Extract <strong>and</strong> follow the instructions to reinstall the driver.<br />

c. Click Return when the reinstallation of the network driver finishes.<br />

5–38 6885 3522–003


14. Reinstall the video driver using the following steps:<br />

a. Click Video Driver to reinstall the video driver.<br />

Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

b. Click Extract <strong>and</strong> follow the instructions to reinstall the driver.<br />

15. Click YES, I want to restart my computer.<br />

16. Click Finish.<br />

17. After the computer has restarted, launch the Dell Resource CD-ROM.<br />

18. Reinstall the controller drivers using the following steps:<br />

a. Click Controller Drivers.<br />

b. Click Extract <strong>and</strong> follow the instructions to reinstall the drivers.<br />

19. When the InstallShield Wizard Complete dialog box appears, remove the<br />

Resource CD-ROM from the drive <strong>and</strong> turn off the computer (you have to disconnect<br />

power to reboot the computer).<br />

20. Turn on the computer to reboot it.<br />

21. Adjust properties of the window as needed. Right-click Desktop <strong>and</strong> click<br />

Properties.<br />

The Display Properties window appears.<br />

22. Select the Settings tab <strong>and</strong>, under Screen resolution, change the resolution to<br />

800x600 pixels.<br />

23. Return to step 22 in “5.2.5.1 Reinstalling Windows XP <strong>and</strong> Setting Up the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation [Dell GX270 <strong>and</strong> GX280].“<br />

6885 3522–003 5–39


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

5.2.5.3. Removing Unnecessary Windows Components, Executables,<br />

<strong>and</strong> Services<br />

Perform the following steps to remove unnecessary Windows components <strong>and</strong><br />

executables:<br />

1. Log on as an administrator.<br />

2. Switch to Classic mode on Control Panel using the following steps:<br />

a. Click Start, point to Settings, <strong>and</strong> then click Control Panel.<br />

b. Double-click Folder Options.<br />

c. On the General tab, under Tasks, click Use Windows classic folders.<br />

Click OK.<br />

3. Double-click Add or Remove Programs.<br />

4. Click Add/Remove Windows Components.<br />

5. Ensure the following check boxes are cleared:<br />

− Internet Explorer<br />

− MSN Explorer<br />

− Outlook Express<br />

− Update Root Certificates<br />

− Windows Media Player<br />

− Windows Messenger<br />

6. Click Next.<br />

You can observe the progress of the removal of Windows components on the status<br />

windows.<br />

7. Click Finish when you receive a message indicating that the Windows component<br />

operation is successfully completed.<br />

Note: You may receive a message box during the process of removing of Windows<br />

components indicating that there is a Windows failure related to MSN Explorer. If<br />

you do see this message box, click OK.<br />

8. Close the Windows Components window.<br />

9. Close the Add or Remove Programs window.<br />

5–40 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

Perform the following steps to disable unnecessary Windows services:<br />

1. On Control Panel, double-click Administrative Tools.<br />

2. Double-click Services.<br />

3. If the Security Center service exists, select it <strong>and</strong> perform the following steps.<br />

Otherwise, proceed to step 4.<br />

a. If the Security Center service does not have a status of Started, proceed to<br />

step 3c.<br />

b. Right-click the service <strong>and</strong> click Stop. Wait for the service to stop.<br />

c. If the service has a Startup Type of Disabled, proceed to step 4.<br />

d. Right-click the service <strong>and</strong> click Properties.<br />

e. Click the down arrow on Startup Type <strong>and</strong> select Disabled.<br />

f. Click OK.<br />

4. Repeat steps 3a through 3f for each of the following services:<br />

• Windows Firewall<br />

• Fast User Switching Compatibility<br />

• spkrmon<br />

• Application Layer Gateway<br />

5. Close the Services window.<br />

6. Close the Administrative Tools window.<br />

7. Reboot the workstation.<br />

8. Return to step 22 in “5.2.5.1 Reinstalling Windows XP <strong>and</strong> Setting Up the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation [Dell GX270 <strong>and</strong> GX280].“<br />

6885 3522–003 5–41


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

5.2.5.4. Verifying <strong>and</strong> Enabling CPU Hyper-Threading<br />

CPU hyper-threading must be enabled on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations.<br />

Checking CPU Hyper-Threading State<br />

Perform the following steps to verify that CPU hyper-threading is enabled:<br />

1. Right-click the taskbar on an empty area <strong>and</strong> click Windows Task Manager.<br />

2. Select the Performance tab.<br />

3. On the View menu in the Windows Task Manager window, point to CPU<br />

History, <strong>and</strong> then click One Graph Per CPU.<br />

4. If there are two CPU Usage History graphs, hyper-threading is enabled on the<br />

workstation <strong>and</strong> no further action is required. Proceed to Step 5.<br />

If there is a single CPU Usage History graph displayed, hyper-threading is disabled on<br />

this workstation. Perform the steps to enable CPU hyper-threading.<br />

5. Close Windows Task Manager.<br />

Enabling CPU Hyper-Threading on Dell GX280<br />

Perform the following steps to enable CPU hyper-threading on a Dell GX280 workstation:<br />

1. Reboot the workstation <strong>and</strong> enter the BIOS setup by pressing F2 early in the reboot<br />

process. The appropriate time to press F2 is when you see DELL in large letters on<br />

the screen <strong>and</strong> the F2 setup option displayed in the upper right corner of the screen.<br />

The BIOS Settings screen appears.<br />

2. Use the up <strong>and</strong> down arrow keys to highlight Performance Group in the left<br />

column of the window.<br />

3. Press Enter to view the fields in the Performance Group.<br />

4. Use the up <strong>and</strong> down arrow keys to highlight the Hyper-Threading field in the<br />

group.<br />

5. Press Enter to modify the workstation’s hyper-threading behavior.<br />

6. Use the left or right arrow keys to change the setting to On (On should be<br />

highlighted).<br />

7. Press Enter to complete the hyper-threading modification change.<br />

8. Press Esc to initiate the BIOS setup exit.<br />

9. Use the left or right arrow keys to select Save/Exit to save your changes <strong>and</strong> exit<br />

setup.<br />

10. Press Enter; the workstation reboots with CPU hyper-threading enabled.<br />

5–42 6885 3522–003


Enabling CPU Hyper-Threading on Dell GX270<br />

Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

Perform the following steps to enable CPU hyper-threading on a Dell GX270 workstation:<br />

1. Reboot the workstation <strong>and</strong> enter the BIOS setup by pressing the F2 key early in the<br />

reboot process. The appropriate time to press F2 is when you see DELL in large<br />

letters on the screen <strong>and</strong> the F2 setup option displayed in the upper right corner of<br />

the screen.<br />

The BIOS Settings screen appears.<br />

2. Use the up <strong>and</strong> down arrow keys to highlight CPU Information.<br />

3. Press Enter to view the fields in CPU Information.<br />

4. Use the up <strong>and</strong> down arrow keys to highlight the Hyper-Threading field.<br />

5. Press the space bar to modify the workstation’s hyper-threading behavior; change<br />

the setting to Enabled.<br />

6. Press Esc to complete the hyper-threading modification change.<br />

7. Press Esc to exit the BIOS setup.<br />

8. Use the left or right arrow keys to select Save Changes <strong>and</strong> Exit to save your<br />

changes <strong>and</strong> exit setup.<br />

9. Press Enter; the workstation reboots with CPU hyper-threading enabled.<br />

5.2.6. Changing Platform Software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

Refer to the following documents to reinstall Windows:<br />

• For an <strong>XPC</strong>-L server, refer to “2.2.1.2 Creating Partitions on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers“ for<br />

the appropriate reference documents <strong>and</strong> procedures.<br />

• For the Dorado 200 Series servers, refer to ES7000 Model 550 <strong>and</strong> 560 32-Bit<br />

Environment Firmware <strong>and</strong> Server Sentinel Software Reinstallation <strong>Guide</strong> for<br />

procedures to reload Windows 2003, Enterprise Edition SP1.<br />

• For the Dorado 300 Series servers, refer to Appendix C, “Reinstallation of Windows<br />

2003 on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers“ for procedures to reload Windows 2003, Enterprise Edition<br />

SP2.<br />

Note: The only time you would usually need to reinstall Windows is when there is a<br />

problem with the system boot hard drive.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–43


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

5.2.7. Changing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation Software<br />

This subsection describes how to update the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software on one or both<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations. You have to stop the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control application on the<br />

workstation being updated. You do not have to stop the <strong>XPC</strong>-L services. The OS 2200<br />

hosts can remain running during the update procedure. The following procedure for<br />

updating <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software on a workstation is for a system with both an active<br />

<strong>and</strong> a backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation <strong>and</strong> it assumes that the OS 2200 hosts remain<br />

running throughout the procedure.<br />

Before beginning the update procedure, perform the following steps:<br />

• Verify the current code versions that are running on the active <strong>and</strong> backup<br />

workstations. Click About on the Help menu on each <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

• Keep ready the media for the currently installed plateaus, as well as the media for<br />

the plateau about to be installed.<br />

• Read the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> Firmware 2.2 Customer Reference Manual <strong>and</strong> Technical<br />

Information Bulletin for the new plateau to ascertain that it is compatible with the<br />

currently installed plateau.<br />

1. Refer to Section 6.4, “Removing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation software“ <strong>and</strong> uninstall<br />

the current <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software from the backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

2. Refer to “2.2.3.1 Installing the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Software“ <strong>and</strong> install the new <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control software on the backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation. However, do not click<br />

the I would like to launch <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control check box.<br />

Note: This installs the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation as<br />

well as copying the <strong>XPC</strong>-L service software to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

However, the procedure in "Installing the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Software" does not install<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong>-L service software.<br />

3. Terminate <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control on the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

This action results in an Exec console message on each OS 2200 host indicating that<br />

there has been a loss of resiliency in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L.<br />

Note: Do not delay in performing step 4 after completing step 3. Until an active<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control is running, a failure of either the master or slave service would result<br />

in all OS 2200 hosts going down.<br />

5–44 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

4. Start the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software on the backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation. This<br />

means the backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation has now become the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation <strong>and</strong> is now running the newly installed code.<br />

If the start fails to complete, you might receive an alert box indicating that the newly<br />

installed software is not compatible with the <strong>XPC</strong>-L service software. In this<br />

situation, you have to terminate <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control on the workstation. If the code levels<br />

are not compatible, drop back to the previously installed plateau, by starting <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control on the workstation that was the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation before you<br />

began the update procedure. Similarly, drop back to the previously installed plateau<br />

on the backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation. This can be done by performing steps 1<br />

<strong>and</strong> 2 with the original plateau media.<br />

Then shut down the entire system <strong>and</strong> perform the procedure described in “5.2.1<br />

Changing with a Complete Shutdown of the <strong>System</strong>.“<br />

5. Verify that the new active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation sees one <strong>XPC</strong>-L server as<br />

“Running as Master“ <strong>and</strong> the other <strong>XPC</strong>-L server as “Running as Slave.“ Also check<br />

the Log window to be certain there are no unusual messages that might indicate a<br />

problem.<br />

You now have two different code versions running on the active <strong>and</strong> backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstations. You can continue to run this way for some time, but Unisys<br />

recommends that you upgrade the other workstation to the new plateau as soon as<br />

possible. The procedure is identical to that described above, but is to be performed on<br />

the other workstation.<br />

5.2.8. Changing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server Software<br />

This subsection describes how to update the <strong>XPC</strong>-L software on one or both <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

servers. Stop the <strong>XPC</strong>-L service on the server being updated. If you purchased a<br />

non-redundant <strong>XPC</strong>-L system (that is, you only have a primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L server), stop all<br />

OS 2200 hosts connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server <strong>and</strong> terminate the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server before<br />

beginning the update procedure. If you purchased a redundant <strong>XPC</strong>-L system, the<br />

OS 2200 hosts can remain running during the update procedure (assuming you are<br />

installing a compatible <strong>XPC</strong>-L software level). The following procedure for updating<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L software on a server is for a redundant <strong>XPC</strong>-L system <strong>and</strong> it assumes that the<br />

OS 2200 hosts remain running throughout the procedure.<br />

Note: This procedure only needs to be used if one is not documented in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Customer Reference Manual or by your Unisys Support Personnel.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–45


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

Before beginning the update procedure, perform the following steps:<br />

• Verify the current code versions that are running on the primary <strong>and</strong> secondary<br />

servers. Click About on the Help menu on each <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

• Keep ready media for the currently installed plateaus, as well as the media for the<br />

plateau about to be installed.<br />

• Read the <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> Firmware 2.0 Customer Reference Manual <strong>and</strong> Technical<br />

Information Bulletin for the new plateau to be certain it is compatible with the<br />

currently installed plateau.<br />

• Keep ready the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Service user name, password, <strong>and</strong> license code for your<br />

system (see Table B–9 <strong>and</strong> Table B–10).<br />

1. Use the host console to bring down the XIIPs that have direct connect paths to the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L server in which the software will be updated.<br />

2. If the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server on which the software will be updated is indicated as “Running<br />

as Master,“ click Switch Master/Slave on the Action menu.<br />

3. Click Terminate Slave on the Action menu.<br />

This action results in an Exec console message on each OS 2200 host indicating that<br />

there has been a loss of redundancy in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L.<br />

Note: This message does not appear in the case of <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware 2.2.<br />

4. Select the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server on which the software is to be updated. It should be the one<br />

indicated as Stopped.<br />

5. Click Uninstall <strong>XPC</strong>-L Software on the Tools menu. This action results in an<br />

alert box saying this action will cause the <strong>XPC</strong>-L service to be unusable.<br />

6. Click Continue.<br />

This action results in the service state being set to Service not found.<br />

7. Insert the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD-ROM into the CD drive of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation.<br />

You might receive the uninstall setup window for <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control after inserting the<br />

CD. Click Cancel; do not uninstall <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control.<br />

8. Using Windows Explorer, copy all the files from the appropriate folder of the plateau<br />

about to be installed to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation folder.<br />

• If the software update is being performed on the primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L server, copy<br />

from the CD folder Program Files\Unisys\<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control\<strong>XPC</strong>-L-P to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation directory C:\Program Files\Unisys\<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control\<strong>XPC</strong>-L-P.<br />

• If the software update is being performed on the secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L server, copy<br />

from the CD folder Program Files\Unisys\<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control\<strong>XPC</strong>-L-S to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation directory C:\Program Files\Unisys\<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control\<strong>XPC</strong>-L-S.<br />

This step overwrites the previously installed files in the folder. A message asks if you<br />

want to write over these files; click Yes for all. Then click each confirm file<br />

replace message that is displayed.<br />

5–46 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

9. Remove the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD-ROM from the CD drive of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation.<br />

10. Click Install <strong>XPC</strong>-L Software on the Tools menu. Refer to Section 2.2.4,<br />

“Installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server Software“ for the various dialog boxes that appear during<br />

the installation of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server software.<br />

Note that at this time you will be installing the service only on this particular server,<br />

not onto both servers.<br />

Following the installation of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L software on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server, the service<br />

state for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server should now be Stopped.<br />

11. Click Start Slave on the Action menu.<br />

If the start operation fails to complete (that is, the service on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server is not<br />

indicated as “Running as Slave“), check the Log window for a message indicating<br />

that the newly installed service is not compatible with the master <strong>XPC</strong>-L service. If<br />

the code levels are not compatible, you should drop back to the plateau that was<br />

previously installed on the slave. This can be done by performing steps 7 through 12<br />

with the original plateau media.<br />

The Start Slave comm<strong>and</strong> takes a few seconds to complete execution. You need<br />

to wait for the “Chargeup completed-redundant mode ENABLED” in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control log <strong>and</strong> for the server to say “Slave running as Slave.”<br />

Then shutdown the entire system <strong>and</strong> perform the procedure described in “5.2.1<br />

Changing with a Complete Shutdown of the <strong>System</strong>.“<br />

12. Use the host console to bring up the XIIPs that were brought down in step 1.<br />

13. Click Switch Master/Slave on the Action menu. This results in the newly<br />

installed software being run under the master. The slave will run the software that<br />

was previously installed on its <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

You now have two different code versions running on the primary <strong>and</strong> secondary<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L servers. You can continue to run this way for some time, but Unisys<br />

recommends that you upgrade the other server to the new plateau as soon as<br />

possible. The procedure is identical to that described above, but is to be performed<br />

on the other <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

14. If the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system you purchased contains a backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation,<br />

perform steps 7 through 9 on the backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation to ensure that it<br />

has the same updates as the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation.<br />

5.2.9. Changing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Host Software<br />

There are two stages in the modification of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L host software:<br />

• Loading new XIIP microcode on the OS 2200 host system <strong>and</strong> installing it on the<br />

XIIPs in the configuration (see “5.2.9.1 Loading a New Version of XIIP Microcode“).<br />

• Modifying Operations Sentinel h<strong>and</strong>ling of any messages documented as changed<br />

from earlier releases as noted in “2.2.5.2 Operations Sentinel Message Text.“<br />

6885 3522–003 5–47


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

5.2.9.1. Loading a New Version of XIIP Microcode<br />

XIIP microcode (in both the PCIOP-K <strong>and</strong> the PCIOP-D) is loaded during software<br />

installation. This subsection describes how XIIP microcode can be updated in an offline<br />

or online environment.<br />

Loading of XIIP microcode is performed as a plateau upgrade or as an emergency fix.<br />

This function allows the dynamic replacement of XIIP <strong>and</strong> VI channel microcode; it does<br />

not require the Exec be halted to load the microcode in an offline environment.<br />

A redundant path to affected devices must be available. You can perform the microcode<br />

load process while the XIIP is performing another activity; however, all activities on the<br />

XIIP must be stopped at the point where the flash memory is written. This operation<br />

takes two to three minutes, during which time no other I/O operation can be processed.<br />

A completion UPI interrupt is delivered by the IOP on successful burning of the flash<br />

memory. At this point, the reset of the device results in loading the new microcode for<br />

use.<br />

Online Loading of XIIP Microcode<br />

Online loading of XIIP microcode allows you to load the microcode while the Exec is<br />

running.<br />

You can invoke the loading of XIIP microcode by running the IOPUTIL utility from batch<br />

mode or from dem<strong>and</strong> mode.<br />

Example 5-1 is an example of the console output seen during online loading of XIIP<br />

microcode.<br />

When more than one XIIP is available, the XIIP can be in the up partition state when you<br />

start the process of loading new XIIP microcode; otherwise, it must be in the down<br />

partition state.<br />

The MAINT operator keyin moves the XIIP from the down partition state into the UP/maint<br />

partition state explicitly for loading or dumping the XIIP. This keyin is valid only for the<br />

XIIP component. When the XIIP is in the UP/maint state, the Exec does not use the XIIP,<br />

but it is available for microcode to be loaded or for dumps of the XIIP to be taken. After<br />

the microcode load or dump is completed, the XIIP must be moved to the down partition<br />

state before it is allowed to be moved into the up partition state for active use.<br />

If the system stops when the XIIP is in MAINT mode, the XIIP remains in MAINT mode<br />

when the partition is rebooted. If the XIIP state is moved from UP to DOWN by the<br />

operator at the <strong>System</strong> Control Facility while the system is stopped, the MAINT mode is<br />

cleared when the partition is rebooted.<br />

Issue the following keyin for the target XIIP to check the current level of its microcode:<br />

IT iopinq,xiip_name<br />

5–48 6885 3522–003


The following is an example of the resultant output:<br />

Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

COMPONENT XIP05 MICROCODE: 03.36.00 HARDWARE: 78-RLP<br />

Perform the following steps to load new XIIP microcode:<br />

1. Issue the DN keyin to the XIIP for which you want to load new XIIP microcode.<br />

DN xiip_name<br />

where the xiip_name is the XIIP which requires microcode loading or dumping.<br />

2. Issue the MAINT keyin to move the XIIP from the down state into the UP/maint<br />

partition state.<br />

MAINT xiip_name<br />

Notes:<br />

• When the MAINT xiip_name keyin completes, the status reported on the system<br />

console is UP MT. An FS keyin shows the XIIP in the UP MT state.<br />

For example:<br />

FS XIP44<br />

XIP44 UP MT<br />

FS,XIIP<br />

XIP44 UP MT, XIP45 UP<br />

• If the MAINT xiip_name keyin is entered when the XIIP is not in the down partition<br />

state, the following message is displayed:<br />

"xiip_name must be DN when the MAINT keyin is entered."<br />

• If a MAINT request is entered for a non-XIIP component, the following message<br />

is displayed:<br />

"MAINT keyin invalid for logical name component_name, input ignored."<br />

• If a MAINT keyin is entered for an XIIP already in the MAINT partition state, the<br />

following message is displayed:<br />

"MAINT keyin already performed for xiip_name."<br />

• An FS keyin of the XIIP performed after IOP load has started provides an<br />

indicator on the FS display that a microcode load is currently in progress.<br />

• UP or DN keyins affecting an <strong>XPC</strong>-L component while the IOP load is in progress<br />

are not allowed <strong>and</strong> a message will indicate this.<br />

3. Run the IOPUTIL utility.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–49


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

Batch Mode<br />

To invoke the loading of XIIP microcode in batch mode, type the following on an<br />

OS 2200 console:<br />

ST IOPUTIL[,,,acct/userid]<br />

Note: You must have the SSADHMCODE privilege to load XIIP microcode this<br />

way.<br />

The IOPUTIL utility runs with default options of I <strong>and</strong> S. Console messages request<br />

input. Only information required to be input <strong>and</strong> any error or necessary informational<br />

messages are displayed on the console. A debug file, IOPUTL*OUTPUT, is kept that<br />

contains all collected debug information. Each time the IOPUTIL run is started, the<br />

debug file is overwritten.<br />

The IOPUTIL utility requests the name of the component to load. After this, you have<br />

a choice of specifying either a microcode file already located in mass storage or a<br />

microcode file located on tape.<br />

Additional questions are asked based on the specific location of the source<br />

microcode file to gain the information required to load microcode onto an XIIP. Only<br />

the file name of the microcode file is required if a mass storage file is being used:<br />

Enter the Component Name to Load:<br />

IOP01<br />

Load micro-code from Tape or File? |F:<br />

F<br />

Enter the file name of the micro-code to load:<br />

TEST*MCODE.<br />

Otherwise, the information required to retrieve the microcode file includes the tape<br />

ID of the tape containing the microcode, the tape assign options for the specified<br />

tape id, the device type to load the specified tape, <strong>and</strong> the file number of the<br />

microcode file on the specified tape. For example:<br />

Enter the Component Name to Load:<br />

IOP01<br />

Load micro-code from Tape or File? |F:<br />

T<br />

Enter the Tape ID that contains the micro-code to load:<br />

18400C<br />

Enter the tape assign options |TF:<br />

TF<br />

Enter the tape device type :<br />

HICL<br />

Enter the File Number on the tape containing<br />

the Micro-Code to load.<br />

2<br />

Note: The first file on a tape would be 1.<br />

5–50 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

File Micro-Code version = 02.18.00<br />

Inquiry completed Successfully<br />

Inquiry Micro-Code version = 02.21.00.<br />

Continue with the Micro-Code Load process? Y|?<br />

Y<br />

Setup completed Successfully<br />

File Transfer completed Successfully<br />

Flash completed Successfully<br />

Reset completed Successfully<br />

Release completed Successfully<br />

Note: File Micro-Code version indicates the version of the code currently<br />

installed <strong>and</strong> Inquiry Micro-Code version indicates the version of the code being<br />

installed.<br />

Console messages convey only required output, as shown in the preceding example.<br />

The Debug output is written to a debug file.<br />

The following debugging options are available for the IOPUTIL utility:<br />

A<br />

D<br />

I<br />

This option performs the steps of the microcode load process one at a time with<br />

a query between each. This option allows a step-by-step activity. If this option is<br />

not specified, the entire process is completed without interaction with the<br />

administrator.<br />

This option displays the options available <strong>and</strong> the instructions on how to start the<br />

utility in dem<strong>and</strong> mode.<br />

This is the default option <strong>and</strong> performs the inquiry request for the specified<br />

component. If this option is not included, the inquiry step is skipped <strong>and</strong><br />

processing starts with the component setup step after the microcode has been<br />

retrieved.<br />

Dem<strong>and</strong> Mode<br />

In dem<strong>and</strong> mode, any option can be specified on the call line. The MCLOAD<br />

processor resides in the released SYS$*LIB$ file.<br />

To invoke the loading of XIIP microcode from a dem<strong>and</strong> session, type the following<br />

on an OS 2200 console:<br />

@SYS$*LIB$.MCLOAD,options<br />

The input is queried from the screen <strong>and</strong> all output is displayed there as well. The<br />

debug file is not created in this mode of operation.<br />

6885 3522–003 5–51


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

Options<br />

The following debugging options are available for the MCLOAD processor:<br />

A<br />

D<br />

F<br />

I<br />

L<br />

S<br />

This option performs the steps of the microcode load process one at a time<br />

displaying a query between each. It thus allows for a step-by-step activity. If this<br />

option is not specified, the entire process is completed without interaction with<br />

the administrator.<br />

This option displays the options available <strong>and</strong> the instructions on how to start the<br />

utility in Dem<strong>and</strong> mode.<br />

This option displays debug information regarding the microcode file only.<br />

This is a default option <strong>and</strong> performs the inquiry request for the specified<br />

component. If this option is not included, the inquiry step is skipped <strong>and</strong><br />

processing starts with the component setup step after the microcode has been<br />

retrieved.<br />

This option displays full debug listings. This includes all debug statements for<br />

any action taken.<br />

This is a default option <strong>and</strong> displays short debug listings. This displays only highly<br />

relevant information, including status of each step completed during processing.<br />

4. Issue the DN keyin to the XIIP for which you just loaded new XIIP microcode.<br />

DN xiip_name<br />

where xiip_name is the XIIP that requires microcode loading or dumping.<br />

5. Issue the UP keyin to the XIIP for which you just loaded new XIIP microcode to move<br />

the XIIP back into the partition for system use.<br />

UP xiip_name<br />

5–52 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

EXEC IOPUTIL to load U-code on the PCIOPK for <strong>XPC</strong>L.<br />

fs,xpc<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>L1A UP MHM<br />

HOST A active XIP04 XIP05 XIP14 XIP15<br />

HOST B active XIP23 XIP25 XIP22 XIP24<br />

it iopinq,xip05<br />

COMPONENT XIP05 MICROCODE: 03.36.00 HARDWARE: 78-RLP<br />

it iopinq,xip04<br />

COMPONENT XIP04 MICROCODE: 03.35.00 HARDWARE: 78-RLP<br />

st ioputil,,,0/security<br />

1-ENTER C.L. FOR : .IOPUTIL<br />

1<br />

1<br />

IOPUTL START<br />

1-IOPUTL*Enter the Component Name to Load:<br />

2-ANSWER WITH REEL NO ON T73A1 E,REEL<br />

dn xip04<br />

maint xip04<br />

XIP04 DN<br />

XIP04 UP MT<br />

1 xip04<br />

1<br />

1-IOPUTL*Load micro-code from Tape or File? |F:<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1-IOPUTL*Enter the Tape ID that contains the micro-code to load:<br />

1 PCI643<br />

1<br />

1-IOPUTL*Enter the tape assign options |TF:<br />

2 PCI643<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1-IOPUTL*Enter the tape device type :<br />

1<br />

1<br />

IOPUTL*Enter the File Number on the tape containing<br />

IOPUTL*the Micro-Code to load.<br />

1-IOPUTL* (ie. The first file on a tape would be 1.)<br />

Example 5–1. Online Loading of XIIP Microcode—Console Output<br />

6885 3522–003 5–53


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

1 2<br />

1<br />

T73A1 IS SELECTED PCI643 MCTAPE - 1 IOPUTL<br />

IOPUTL*Micro-Code File Type is (2).<br />

IOPUTL*File Micro-Code version = 03.36.00<br />

IOPUTL*Inquiry completed successfully.<br />

IOPUTL*Inquiry Micro-Code version (XIP04 ) = 03.35.00<br />

1-IOPUTL*Continue with the Micro-Code Load process? Y|?<br />

1 y<br />

1<br />

IOPUTL*Setup completed successfully.<br />

IOPUTL*File Transfer completed successfully.<br />

IOPUTL*Flash request started; maximum delay 4 minutes 0 seconds.<br />

fs,xpc<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>L1A UP MHM<br />

HOST A active XIP05 XIP14 XIP15<br />

HOST B active XIP23 XIP25 XIP22 XIP24<br />

IOPUTL*Flash completed successfully.<br />

dn xip04<br />

DN of XIP04 not allowed while Load-Microcode operation is active.<br />

XIP04 UP MT<br />

IOPUTL*Reset completed successfully.<br />

IOPUTL*Release completed successfully.<br />

IOPUTL*Micro-code load program complete for component XIP04<br />

IOPUTL FIN<br />

dn xip04<br />

XIP04 DN<br />

up xip04<br />

XIP04 UP<br />

it iopinq,xip04<br />

COMPONENT XIP04 MICROCODE: 03.36.00 HARDWARE: 78-RLP<br />

fs,xpc<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>L1A UP MHM<br />

HOST A active XIP04 XIP05 XIP14 XIP15<br />

HOST B active XIP23 XIP25 XIP22 XIP24<br />

Example 5–1. Online Loading of XIIP Microcode—Console Output<br />

(continued)<br />

5–54 6885 3522–003


Offline Loading of XIIP Microcode<br />

Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

Offline loading of XIIP microcode allows you to load the microcode before booting the<br />

Exec.<br />

Example 5-2 is an example of the console output seen during offline loading of XIIP<br />

microcode.<br />

Issue the following comm<strong>and</strong> to check the current level of microcode for all XIIPs in the<br />

system:<br />

SIOREV<br />

The following is an example of the resultant output:<br />

XIP05 FIRMWARE: 03.36.00 HARDWARE: 78-RLP<br />

XIP15 FIRMWARE: 03.36.00 HARDWARE: 78-RLP<br />

XIP25 FIRMWARE: 03.36.00 HARDWARE: 78-RLP<br />

You invoke the offline loading of XIIP microcode from SUMMIT using these steps:<br />

1. Booting with Summit requires the <strong>XPC</strong>-L be in a Test Partition <strong>and</strong> not in a<br />

Production Partition. Click Start <strong>XPC</strong>-L in Test Partition on the Tools menu.<br />

2. Boot SUMMIT from the appropriate CC7000, CC7200, CC7400 or CC8000 tape for<br />

your system.<br />

3. Load the DSPER tape, then enter one of the following to run the appropriate epts<br />

comm<strong>and</strong>:<br />

Dorado 200 Series server: Xqt aaa epts<br />

Dorado 300, 700, 4000 Series server: Xqt,a aaa epts<br />

Note: The minimum level of DSPER for this level is 9R4Q2.<br />

4. Respond to the input prompts with IOULOD path (where path is the IOP name).<br />

5. Respond appropriately to the prompts that follow (mount tape, <strong>and</strong> so on).<br />

A window shows the microcode level to be loaded <strong>and</strong> the current level installed.<br />

6. Respond C to continue <strong>and</strong> load the new code.<br />

7. WAIT messages are displayed while the code is burning.<br />

The operation is complete when you see the Unit Released message. You can now run<br />

XSTRESS to test the microcode or reboot <strong>and</strong> run the system.<br />

Note: For this release there is one version of XSTRESS for the Dorado 200,300,700<br />

(1R24T1) <strong>and</strong> another for the Dorado 4000 (1R25-14).<br />

6885 3522–003 5–55


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

summit<br />

EXE ******************************************************************<br />

* Revision - 13R5L Build date - 11/01/04 *<br />

------------------ XIIPs Available ------------------<br />

Name UPI number Control table IOP type State<br />

XIP04 404 000005010100 SIO-RLP3 UP<br />

XIP05 405 000005030100 SIO-RLP3 UP<br />

XIP14 414 000005140100 SIO-RLP3 UP<br />

XIP15 415 000005160100 SIO-RLP3 UP<br />

--- End List ---<br />

xqt iou epts<br />

>XQT IOU EPTS 13:02:39<br />

EXE IOU Loaded, PAR = 4,00136,001025 (000012120025) Date = 11/01/04<br />

Name: EPTS Version: 110104 PCT = 000005270000<br />

IOU USE X HELP CALL FOR THE SRL UNAME CALL LINE FEATURE 13:03:03<br />

IOU X = TYPE AND READ PROMPT 13:03:03<br />

IOU PATH SELECTION FROM AVAILABLE PATHS IS NOW SUPPORTED 13:03:03<br />

0-IOU*EPTS: MORE? 13:03:04<br />

0 ioulod xip15<br />

>0 IOULOD XIP15 13:03:14<br />

0<br />

0-IOU*EPTS: MORE? 13:03:14<br />

IOU IOULOD XIP15 REV 3R1.030903 TEST START 13:03:15<br />

1-IOU*XIP15 ENTER UNIT NAME OF DEVICE CONTAINING MICROCODE TAPE 13:03:15<br />

1 t73a1<br />

>1 T73A1 13:03:32<br />

1<br />

IOU ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 13:03:38<br />

IOU MICROCODE TAPE LEVELS -- 13:03:38<br />

IOU MICROCODE ID 78 13:03:39<br />

IOU MICROCODE REVISION LEVEL 03.36.00 13:03:39<br />

IOU BYTE TRANSFER COUNT 03428740 13:03:39<br />

IOU ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 13:03:40<br />

IOU PCIOP-K4RLP3 03.35.00 13:03:40<br />

IOU ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 13:03:40<br />

IOU IOP FIRMWARE WILL BE UPDATED WITH REV LEVELS FROM TAPE 13:03:40<br />

1-IOU*XIP15 (C)ONTINUE DLL OR (T)ERMINATE. C,T 13:03:40<br />

Example 5–2. Offline Loading of XIIP Microcode—Console Output<br />

5–56 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

1 c<br />

>1 C 13:04:05<br />

1<br />

IOU MICROCODE TRANSFER TO IOP COMPLETED - MICROCODE BURN ISSUED PLEASE<br />

IOU PLEASE WAIT - MAX BURN TIME = 240 SECONDS 13:04:11<br />

IOU XIP15 MICROCODE BURN COMPLETED. 13:06:45<br />

IOU IOULOD T 2 XIP15 PATH 00/00/00/ 0/00 13:06:45<br />

IOU TEST COMPLETE : 13:06:46<br />

IOU 13:06:46<br />

IOU TOTAL PASSES OF TEST = 1 13:06:46<br />

TOTAL I/O OPERATIONS = 7<br />

TOTAL TEST I/O TIME = 0 HOURS 0 MINUTES 0 SECONDS<br />

INITIAL TIME TO TEST = 99 HOURS 0 MINUTES 0 SECONDS<br />

TIME FOR LAST I/O = 0 MILLISECONDS<br />

AVERAGE TIME/FUNCTION = 0 MILLISECONDS<br />

READ BYTES XFERED = 0<br />

WRITE BYTES XFERED = 3428740<br />

I/O TRANSFER RATE = 0 I/OS PER SECOND<br />

IOU XIP15/0 DEVICE ERRORS ENCOUNTERED 13:06:47<br />

0 RECOVERABLE STATUS ERRORS<br />

0 NON-RECOVERABLE STATUS ERRORS<br />

0 I/O TIME OUT STATUS ERRORS<br />

0 VERIFY ERRORS<br />

IOU IOP RESET ISSUED - PLEASE WAIT 13:06:48<br />

IOU IOULOD XIP15 UNIT RELEASED 13:07:05<br />

Example 5–2 Offline Loading of XIIP Microcode—Console Output (continued)<br />

6885 3522–003 5–57


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

Testing XIIP Microcode with XSTRESS<br />

The XSTRESS program is normally run only to verify hardware or configuration changes<br />

before using the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system in a production environment.<br />

To run XSTRESS, click Start <strong>XPC</strong>-L in Test Partition on the Tools menu to start the<br />

services for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers.<br />

After loading the XSTRESS jobs to run, xqt aaa runs the job.<br />

Before executing an instance of XSTRESS the status timer also needs to be disabled in<br />

XSTRESS. The following is an example of the keyins to load, disable status timer, <strong>and</strong><br />

execute XSTRESS:<br />

LOD aaa XSTRESS<br />

SPEC aaa<br />

STMRY0 TER<br />

XQT aaa<br />

Example 5-3 is an example of the console output you see while running XSTRESS. The<br />

stmry0 ter you see in Example 5-3 disables the status timer; this is performed for each<br />

of the jobs loaded.<br />

5–58 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

>LOD AAA,BBB,CCC,DDD XSTRESS 10:11:35<br />

EXE AAA Loaded, PAR = 4,00125,100054 (000050170054) Date = 02/03/03<br />

Name: XSTRESS Version: 1R19T212 PCT = 000045700000<br />

EXE BBB Loaded, PAR = 4,00125,100054 (000050770054) Date = 02/03/03<br />

Name: XSTRESS Version: 1R19T212 PCT = 000050520000<br />

EXE CCC Loaded, PAR = 4,00125,100054 (000051300054) Date = 02/03/03<br />

Name: XSTRESS Version: 1R19T212 PCT = 000051000000<br />

EXE DDD Loaded, PAR = 4,00125,100054 (000051610054) Date = 02/03/03<br />

Name: XSTRESS Version: 1R19T212 PCT = 000051310000<br />

spec aaa<br />

>SPEC AAA 10:11:48<br />

EXE AAA ACTIVATED PAR=4,00125,100044 (000050170044) 10:11:48<br />

AAA 10:11:48<br />

<strong>XPC</strong> Stress Test REV 1R19T212<br />

Enter Directive (or Help)<br />

stmry0 ter<br />

Enter Directive (or Help) STMR - Status Timer<br />

Status timer is currently Enabled<br />

Change (Y or N) ? Yes<br />

Enter new status timer value (0 = DISABLE, OCTAL 1-77) 0<br />

Status timer is now Disabled<br />

Enter Directive (or Help) TER - Terminate Parameterization<br />

EXE AAA TERMINATED PAR=4,00116,010241 (000045640241) VIA ER SPEND$ .<br />

spec bbb<br />

>SPEC BBB 10:11:58<br />

EXE BBB ACTIVATED PAR=4,00125,100044 (000050770044) 10:11:58<br />

BBB 10:11:58<br />

<strong>XPC</strong> Stress Test REV 1R19T212<br />

Enter Directive (or Help)<br />

stmry0 ter<br />

Enter Directive (or Help) STMR - Status Timer<br />

Status timer is currently Enabled<br />

Change (Y or N) ? Yes<br />

Enter new status timer value (0 = DISABLE, OCTAL 1-77) 0<br />

Status timer is now Disabled<br />

Enter Directive (or Help) TER - Terminate Parameterization<br />

EXE BBB TERMINATED PAR=4,00116,010241 (000050310241) VIA ER SPEND$ .<br />

spec ccc<br />

>SPEC CCC 10:12:05<br />

EXE CCC ACTIVATED PAR=4,00125,100044 (000051300044) 10:12:05<br />

CCC 10:12:05<br />

<strong>XPC</strong> Stress Test REV 1R19T212<br />

Enter Directive (or Help)<br />

Example 5–3. Running XSTRESS—Console Output<br />

6885 3522–003 5–59


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

stmry0 ter<br />

Enter Directive (or Help) STMR - Status Timer<br />

Status timer is currently Enabled<br />

Change (Y or N) ? Yes<br />

Enter new status timer value (0 = DISABLE, OCTAL 1-77) 0<br />

Status timer is now Disabled<br />

Enter Directive (or Help) TER - Terminate Parameterization<br />

EXE CCC TERMINATED PAR=4,00116,010241 (000051120241) VIA ER SPEND$<br />

spec ddd<br />

>SPEC DDD<br />

EXE DDD ACTIVATED PAR=4,00125,100044 (000051610044)<br />

DDD 10:12:10<br />

<strong>XPC</strong> Stress Test REV 1R19T212<br />

Enter Directive (or Help)<br />

stmry0 ter<br />

Enter Directive (or Help) STMR - Status Timer<br />

Status timer is currently Enabled<br />

Change (Y or N) ? Yes<br />

Enter new status timer value (0 = DISABLE, OCTAL 1-77) 0<br />

Status timer is now Disabled<br />

Enter Directive (or Help) TER - Terminate Parameterization<br />

EXE DDD TERMINATED PAR=4,00116,010241 (000051430241) VIA ER SPEND$<br />

xqt all<br />

>XQT ALL 10:12:49<br />

EXE AAA ACTIVATED PAR=4,00125,100054 (000050170054) 10:12:49<br />

AAA 10:12:50<br />

Starting <strong>XPC</strong> Stress Test REV 1R19T212<br />

Host Processor Type: 2200/8010<br />

EXE BBB ACTIVATED PAR=4,00125,100054 (000050770054) 10:12:51<br />

BBB 10:12:51<br />

Starting <strong>XPC</strong> Stress Test REV 1R19T212<br />

Host Processor Type: 2200/8010<br />

EXE CCC ACTIVATED PAR=4,00125,100054 (000051300054) 10:12:52<br />

AAA 10:12:52<br />

File size is now 000312<br />

Minimum file size always<br />

Nailed file space is ENABLED for RLP3<br />

RLP3 Default Setup Complete<br />

Data Mover UPI 404 Initialized As Host ID 11<br />

EXE DDD ACTIVATED PAR=4,00125,100054 (000051610054) 10:12:54<br />

CCC 10:12:55<br />

Starting <strong>XPC</strong> Stress Test REV 1R19T212<br />

Host Processor Type: 2200/8010<br />

Example 5–3. Running XSTRESS—Console Output<br />

5–60 6885 3522–003


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

BBB 10:12:56<br />

File size is now 000312<br />

Minimum file size always<br />

Nailed file space is ENABLED for RLP3<br />

RLP3 Default Setup Complete<br />

Data Mover UPI 405 Initialized As Host ID 12<br />

DDD 10:12:58<br />

Starting <strong>XPC</strong> Stress Test REV 1R19T212<br />

Host Processor Type: 2200/8010<br />

AAA Exp<strong>and</strong>ing dynamic banks 10:12:59<br />

CCC 10:12:59<br />

File size is now 000312<br />

Minimum file size always<br />

Nailed file space is ENABLED for RLP3<br />

RLP3 Default Setup Complete<br />

Data Mover UPI 414 Initialized As Host ID 25<br />

BBB Exp<strong>and</strong>ing dynamic banks 10:13:02<br />

DDD 10:13:02<br />

Data Mover Failed To Initialize<br />

AAA Initializing dynamic banks 10:13:03<br />

EXE DDD DACT$ ERROR PAR=4,00115,000255 (000051360255) VIA ER EXIT$ .<br />

EVENT ASA = 001400<br />

LAST ASP (IP01) PAR= 400115000255 DES-REG= 000030000000<br />

IKR= 010014200005 QT= 377777777777<br />

F0= 105400130016 ISW0= 000000000011<br />

ISW1= 000000000000 ISW2= 000000000000<br />

CCC Exp<strong>and</strong>ing dynamic banks 10:13:05<br />

BBB Initializing dynamic banks 10:13:05<br />

AAA Starting host interface 10:13:06<br />

BBB Starting host interface 10:13:06<br />

CCC Initializing dynamic banks 10:13:07<br />

AAA Host interface is active 10:13:07<br />

BBB Host interface is active 10:13:07<br />

CCC Starting host interface 10:13:07<br />

AAA INFO:Performance Monitor Enabled 10:13:08<br />

BBB INFO:Performance Monitor Enabled 10:13:08<br />

CCC Host interface is active 10:13:08<br />

AAA Initialization complete 10:13:09<br />

BBB Initialization complete 10:13:09<br />

AAA 10:13:10<br />

Example 5–3. Running XSTRESS—Console Output<br />

6885 3522–003 5–61


Changing Hardware <strong>and</strong> Software Components<br />

PERFORMANCE MONITOR CONFIGURATION:<br />

Number of NVSMs = 1<br />

Number of HIAs = 2<br />

Number of IXPs = 6<br />

NVS Size (MW) = 320<br />

BBB INFO:Perf Monitor Already Active On Interface 12 10:13:12<br />

CCC Initialization complete 10:13:12<br />

AAA 10:13:12<br />

Message Session Established For Host ID 11<br />

BBB 10:13:13<br />

Message Session Established For Host ID 12<br />

Message Session Established For Host ID 12<br />

CCC 10:13:14<br />

Message Session Established For Host ID 25<br />

Message Session Established For Host ID 25<br />

Message Session Established For Host ID 25<br />

AAA 10:13:16<br />

Message Session Established For Host ID 11<br />

Message Session Established For Host ID 11<br />

BBB 10:13:17<br />

Message Session Established For Host ID 12<br />

AAA INFO:Nail Space Full 10:13:21<br />

CCC INFO:Nail Space Full 10:13:22<br />

BBB INFO:Nail Space Full 10:13:22<br />

CCC INFO:Nail Space Full 10:13:24<br />

AAA INFO:Nail Space Full 10:13:24<br />

BBB INFO:Nail Space Full 10:13:24<br />

CCC INFO:Nail Space Full 10:13:25<br />

AAA INFO:Nail Space Full 10:13:27<br />

Example 5–3. Running XSTRESS—Console Output<br />

5–62 6885 3522–003


Section 6<br />

Deinstallation<br />

This section describes how to remove the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control <strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server software.<br />

6.1. Overview<br />

The following are the general steps for deinstalling <strong>XPC</strong>-L software:<br />

1. Migrate concurrent applications to local applications (“idle“ all applications, perform a<br />

short recovery on all hosts). Refer to the Extended Transaction Capacity Planning,<br />

<strong>Migration</strong>, <strong>and</strong> Operations <strong>Guide</strong> for specific instructions for migrating concurrent<br />

applications to local applications.<br />

2. If your environment will not be using file sharing, refer to the Multi-Host File Sharing<br />

(MHFS) Planning, <strong>Installation</strong>, <strong>and</strong> Operations <strong>Guide</strong> for instructions for removing<br />

MHFS. Then continue with step 3.<br />

If your environment will be using the network communication method of file sharing,<br />

continue with step 3.<br />

2. Stop the hosts, <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers, <strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations.<br />

3. Remove the <strong>XPC</strong>-L software from the hosts (see Section 6.2, “Removing <strong>XPC</strong>EXEC<br />

Software“), <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers (see Section 6.3, “Removing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server Software“),<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations (see Section 6.4, “Removing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation Software“).<br />

6885 3522–003 6–1


Deinstallation<br />

6.2. Removing <strong>XPC</strong>EXEC Software<br />

The following procedure describes how to remove the <strong>XPC</strong>EXEC feature (see “Installing<br />

Exec Features“ under Section 2.2.5, “Installing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Host Software“) <strong>and</strong> how to<br />

remove the <strong>XPC</strong>-L product from the host configuration for the cases of continuing to use<br />

MHFS <strong>and</strong> not continuing to use MHFS.<br />

1. Use the DEINSTALL statement to deinstall the <strong>XPC</strong>EXEC feature.<br />

DEINSTALL <strong>XPC</strong>EXEC FEATURE<br />

Note: This requires at least a Master <strong>Configuration</strong> Table (MCT) generation. For<br />

other information about deinstalling features <strong>and</strong> building system tapes refer the<br />

Exec <strong>Installation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Configuration</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>.<br />

2. The deinstallation of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L product depends upon the intended usage of MHFS<br />

following the deinstallation of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L product.<br />

• If the system will continue to use MHFS after the <strong>XPC</strong>-L is removed, then the<br />

MHFS interhost communication mechanism must be switched from an <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

configuration to a network configuration. To accomplish this, perform the<br />

following steps:<br />

a. Stop all hosts at the same time.<br />

b. Reboot all hosts to a system with the <strong>XPC</strong>EXEC feature deinstalled. The<br />

network configuration that will be used by MHFS must be available during<br />

the reboot.<br />

• If the system will discontinue use of MHFS <strong>and</strong> remove the <strong>XPC</strong>-L at the same<br />

time, then the deinstallation process can be done one host at a time. To<br />

accomplish this<br />

a. Take down MHFS on the host that will be rebooted.<br />

b. Reboot the host to a system with the <strong>XPC</strong>EXEC, MHFS, <strong>and</strong> XTC features<br />

deinstalled. Refer the Exec <strong>Installation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Configuration</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> for other<br />

information about deinstalling features <strong>and</strong> building system tapes.<br />

Refer to the Multi-Host File Sharing (MHFS) Planning, <strong>Installation</strong>, <strong>and</strong> Operations <strong>Guide</strong><br />

for detailed information about the MHFS environment <strong>and</strong> for additional background <strong>and</strong><br />

procedures to use when switching from an <strong>XPC</strong>-L interhost communication configuration<br />

to a network interhost communication configuration.<br />

6–2 6885 3522–003


6.3. Removing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server Software<br />

Deinstallation<br />

To remove the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server software from the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation, click<br />

Uninstall <strong>XPC</strong>-L Software on the Tools menu. This removes the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

software from the selected <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

To remove the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server software from both <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers, repeat the procedure for<br />

the second <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

6.4. Removing <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

Software<br />

Removing the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software can be initiated on any workstation that has the<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software installed.<br />

You can remove <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation software in the following ways:<br />

• By double-clicking the Add/Remove Programs icon in the Windows Control<br />

Panel. After locating the <strong>XPC</strong>-L product in the list of products, click<br />

Change/Remove to initiate the maintenance application <strong>and</strong> display the Confirm<br />

Uninstall window.<br />

• By using the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation installation software CD.<br />

a. Execute the setup.exe file on the installation CD by loading the CD to evoke the<br />

autorun.inf file or by double-clicking the setup.exe file from Windows Explorer.<br />

When setup runs, it displays a Confirm Uninstall window.<br />

b. Click OK to remove the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control software.<br />

The Maintenance Complete window is displayed when the uninstallation is<br />

complete.<br />

c. Click Finish to continue.<br />

Remove deletes the installed files, the registry entries, <strong>and</strong> any icons or<br />

shortcuts that were installed.<br />

Note: Remove does not delete the <strong>XPC</strong>-L configuration file, the state file, any<br />

dumps, or any logs.<br />

6885 3522–003 6–3


Deinstallation<br />

6–4 6885 3522–003


Section 7<br />

Maintenance for <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong>s<br />

This section provides instructions for periodically removing old files from the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Servers, <strong>XPC</strong>-L Workstations <strong>and</strong> Service Processors.<br />

7.1. Maintaining <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Windows servers do not require periodic reboot to optimize hard disk space.<br />

Maintenance can be done at the customer's discretion <strong>and</strong>, or every three to six months<br />

<strong>and</strong> should be done during normal preventative maintenance, when the system usage is<br />

minimal. Once this has been done, your disks will not become fragmented unless<br />

multiple dumps <strong>and</strong> log files are generated over time. You should always run the Analyze<br />

function for disk defragmentation before running the Disk Defragmenter utility.<br />

You can do the following for maintenance:<br />

• Deleting old <strong>XPC</strong>-L dump files<br />

• Deleting old log files<br />

Deleting Old <strong>XPC</strong>-L Dump Files<br />

Old <strong>XPC</strong>-L dump files on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers would be present in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Share<br />

directory of the primary <strong>and</strong> secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers. The following example shows a<br />

folder with two zip files which is the result of taking a manual dump.<br />

Example of a dump folder <strong>and</strong> associated files to be deleted:<br />

DUMP P-080422133733<br />

Dump P-080422133733.zip<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Log.zip<br />

The following example shows only a zip file which is the result of an automatic dump<br />

being taken due to a server failure.<br />

Example of a dump folder to be deleted:<br />

DUMP P-080421760323.zip<br />

6885 3522–003 7–1


Maintenance for <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong>s<br />

Deleting Old Log Files<br />

You can also remove any old log files present on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers. While removal is<br />

possible, it is recommended that you retrieve the file from the server using active <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Control Workstation for copying on to DVD media for future reference. This file also<br />

exists in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Share directory of the primary <strong>and</strong> secondary servers.<br />

An example of the old log file is <strong>XPC</strong>-L LOG080221030230.txt.<br />

The current log file is named <strong>XPC</strong>-L LOG.txt which cannot be deleted.<br />

Once you have removed all the files from your server, ensure that the server is “Running<br />

as Slave.“ If it is not running as the slave, perform a “Switch Master/Slave“ operation<br />

from the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L control PC. You can now run the Disk Defragmenter utility.<br />

7.2. Maintaining <strong>XPC</strong>-L Workstations<br />

Another possible maintenance activity is to clean up the old log files <strong>and</strong> dump files on<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation. If you have both an active <strong>and</strong> a backup control<br />

workstation perform maintenance on the backup Control Workstation first. Once<br />

maintenance on the backup control workstation is completed, start <strong>XPC</strong>-L control on it<br />

<strong>and</strong> take control away from the active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation. You can now perform<br />

maintenance on the other Workstation. This way you also check the functionality of your<br />

backup <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation occasionally.<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L dump files that can be removed are in the root directory or in a folder that<br />

was defined by the customer.<br />

Example of a file to be deleted: DUMP P-080421760323.zip.<br />

You can also remove any old <strong>XPC</strong>-L log files that have been copied to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstations.<br />

Example of an old log file: <strong>XPC</strong>-L LOG080221030230.txt.<br />

You can also remove any of the old <strong>XPC</strong>-L control log files. While these can be removed<br />

it is good practice to keep these on DVD media for future reference. These files are<br />

located in the root directory or in a pre- defined folder.<br />

Example of an old <strong>XPC</strong>-L control log file: <strong>XPC</strong> Control Log 08042221330330.txt.<br />

You can also remove any <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Mini-dump files. These files are in the directory<br />

c:/<strong>XPC</strong>Control MiniDump.<br />

7–2 6885 3522–003


Example of a dump folder <strong>and</strong> associated files to be deleted:<br />

Dump C-080423040331<br />

DUMP C-080423040331.zip<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>Control.zip<br />

You can now run the Disk Defragmenter utility.<br />

Maintenance for <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong>s<br />

7.3. Maintaining <strong>XPC</strong>-L Service Processors<br />

Refer to the following documents for maintenance procedures.<br />

• For the Service Processors on a Dorado 200 based system, follow the Maintenance<br />

procedures in the Plateau 2.2 Definition Reference Manual (7862 6447).<br />

• For the Service Processors on a Dorado 300 based system, follow the Maintenance<br />

procedures in the Hardware Platform Definition Reference Manual Firmware 1.4<br />

(3850 7828).<br />

6885 3522–003 7–3


Maintenance for <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong>s<br />

7–4 6885 3522–003


Appendix A<br />

Setting Windows User Names <strong>and</strong><br />

Local Security Policies<br />

A.1. Creating a New User Name<br />

To create a new user name, perform the following steps:<br />

1. On Control Panel, double-click Administrative Tools, <strong>and</strong> then double-click<br />

Computer Management.<br />

2. Under Local Users <strong>and</strong> Groups, click Users.<br />

3. Click Action.<br />

4. Click New User on the Action menu.<br />

5. Type the desired values in the User name <strong>and</strong> Password boxes (Full name <strong>and</strong><br />

Description are optional).<br />

The password must be longer than six characters.<br />

6. Clear the User must change password at next logon check box <strong>and</strong> click<br />

Password never expires.<br />

7. Clear the User must change password at next logon check box <strong>and</strong> click<br />

Password never expires.<br />

8. Clear the User must change password at next logon check box <strong>and</strong> click<br />

Password never expires.<br />

9. Click Create.<br />

10. Click Close.<br />

To add the new user name to the Administrators group, perform the following steps:<br />

1. Under Local Users <strong>and</strong> Groups, click Groups.<br />

2. Double-click Administrators.<br />

3. Click Add.<br />

4. Type the user name defined in the above step 5 <strong>and</strong> click OK.<br />

5. Click Apply, <strong>and</strong> then click OK.<br />

6885 3522–003 A–1


Setting Windows User Names <strong>and</strong> Local Security Policies<br />

A.2. Setting User Rights Assignments<br />

To check or set a user rights assignment, perform the following steps:<br />

1. On Control Panel, double-click Administrative Tools, <strong>and</strong> then double-click Local<br />

Security Policy.<br />

2. Under Local Policies, click User Rights Assignment.<br />

3. Double-click the desired rights in the right pane.<br />

4. Click Add User or Group.<br />

5. Type the user name <strong>and</strong> click OK.<br />

6. Click Apply, <strong>and</strong> then click OK.<br />

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 to check or set each desired right.<br />

Note: Reboot the server to make any changes effective.<br />

A.3. Setting Security Options<br />

To check or set a security option, perform the following steps:<br />

1. On Control Panel, double-click Administrative Tools, <strong>and</strong> then double-click Local<br />

Security Policy.<br />

2. Under Local Policies, click Security Options.<br />

3. Double-click the desired security option <strong>and</strong> update the setting.<br />

4. Click Apply, <strong>and</strong> then click OK.<br />

Note: Reboot the server to make any changes effective.<br />

A–2 6885 3522–003


Appendix B<br />

Example <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI Locations<br />

Charts <strong>and</strong> Worksheets<br />

Manufacturing determines the slots in which VI cards <strong>and</strong> network cards should be in<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers. The cards should be installed in these slots only, <strong>and</strong> the VI cards<br />

should be used only for the indicated function (direct connect host, crossover, <strong>and</strong><br />

synchronization paths).<br />

While the VI card placement in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server must remain as documented in this<br />

appendix, <strong>XPC</strong>-L master/slave configurations that have only one interface between each<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L server <strong>and</strong> each host may alter the host destination of a direct connect path. For<br />

example, secondary server direct connect path 01 (S-DC01) interfacing to host B instead<br />

of host A. For fully redundant <strong>XPC</strong>-L configurations with two interfaces between each<br />

host <strong>and</strong> each server, we strongly recommend that you follow the host interface scheme<br />

documented in this appendix.<br />

For Dorado 300 Series servers, Table B–1 shows the placement of the VI cards <strong>and</strong><br />

network cards in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server when looking from the back (left part of the server).<br />

Table B–2 <strong>and</strong> Table B–3 show the placement of the cards in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server when<br />

looking from the back (right part of the server). This chart also identifies the MAC<br />

addresses of the network cards.<br />

For Dorado 200 Series servers, Table B–4 <strong>and</strong> Table B–6 show the placement of the VI<br />

cards <strong>and</strong> network cards in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server when looking from the front. Table B–5 <strong>and</strong><br />

Table B–7 shows the placement of the cards in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server when looking from the<br />

back. This chart also identifies the MAC addresses of the network cards.<br />

Manufacturing also provides a worksheet (Table B–8, Table B–9, <strong>and</strong> Table B–10) to help<br />

you create user names <strong>and</strong> security settings. The worksheet also contains the license<br />

code for your <strong>XPC</strong>-L system.<br />

6885 3522–003 B–1


Example <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI Locations Charts <strong>and</strong> Worksheets<br />

C<br />

E<br />

L<br />

L<br />

3<br />

C<br />

E<br />

L<br />

L<br />

2<br />

C<br />

E<br />

L<br />

L<br />

1<br />

C<br />

E<br />

L<br />

L<br />

0<br />

Table B–1. Dorado 300 Series Servers: Primary or Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

(Back View, Left 2/3)<br />

Ethernet<br />

(not used)<br />

Ethernet<br />

(not used)<br />

Ethernet 2<br />

Ethernet 1<br />

Ethernet<br />

(not used)<br />

Ethernet<br />

(not used)<br />

Maintenance<br />

LAN (optional)<br />

Maintenance<br />

LAN 0<br />

B–2 6885 3522–003


C<br />

E<br />

L<br />

L<br />

3<br />

C<br />

E<br />

L<br />

L<br />

2<br />

C<br />

E<br />

L<br />

L<br />

1<br />

C<br />

E<br />

L<br />

L<br />

0<br />

DC06<br />

Path 2<br />

Example <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI Locations Charts <strong>and</strong> Worksheets<br />

Table B–2. Dorado 300 Series Servers: Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

(Back View, Right 1/3—Exp<strong>and</strong>ed)<br />

PCI Bus 3 PCI Bus 4 PCI Bus 5 PCI Bus 6 PCI Bus 7<br />

Host C<br />

DC05<br />

Path 1<br />

Host C<br />

DC02<br />

Path 2<br />

Host A<br />

DC01<br />

Path 1<br />

Host A<br />

C06<br />

Path 2<br />

Host C<br />

C05<br />

Path 1<br />

Host C<br />

C02<br />

Path 2<br />

Host A<br />

C01<br />

Path 1<br />

Host A<br />

S04<br />

Path 4<br />

S03<br />

Path 3<br />

S02<br />

Path 2<br />

S01<br />

Path 1<br />

DC08<br />

Path 2<br />

Host D<br />

DC07<br />

Path 1<br />

Host D<br />

DC04<br />

Path 2<br />

Host B<br />

DC03<br />

Path 1<br />

Host B<br />

6885 3522–003 B–3<br />

C08<br />

Path 2<br />

Host D<br />

C07<br />

Path 1<br />

Host D<br />

C04<br />

Path 2<br />

Host B<br />

C03<br />

Path 1<br />

Host B


Example <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI Locations Charts <strong>and</strong> Worksheets<br />

C<br />

E<br />

L<br />

L<br />

3<br />

C<br />

E<br />

L<br />

L<br />

2<br />

C<br />

E<br />

L<br />

L<br />

1<br />

C<br />

E<br />

L<br />

L<br />

0<br />

DC06<br />

Path 4<br />

Table B–3. Dorado 300 Series Servers: Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

(Back View, Right 1/3—Exp<strong>and</strong>ed)<br />

PCI Bus 3 PCI Bus 4 PCI Bus 5 PCI Bus 6 PCI Bus 7<br />

Host C<br />

DC05<br />

Path 3<br />

Host C<br />

DC02<br />

Path 4<br />

Host A<br />

DC01<br />

Path 3<br />

Host A<br />

C06<br />

Path 4<br />

Host C<br />

C05<br />

Path 3<br />

Host C<br />

C02<br />

Path 4<br />

Host A<br />

C01<br />

Path 3<br />

Host A<br />

S04<br />

Path 4<br />

S03<br />

Path 3<br />

S02<br />

Path 2<br />

S01<br />

Path 1<br />

DC08<br />

Path 4<br />

Host D<br />

DC07<br />

Path 3<br />

Host D<br />

DC04<br />

Path 4<br />

Host B<br />

DC03<br />

Path 3<br />

Host B<br />

B–4 6885 3522–003<br />

C08<br />

Path 4<br />

Host D<br />

C07<br />

Path 3<br />

Host D<br />

C04<br />

Path 4<br />

Host B<br />

C03<br />

Path 3<br />

Host B


S<br />

u<br />

b<br />

D<br />

I<br />

B<br />

1<br />

S<br />

u<br />

b<br />

D<br />

I<br />

B<br />

2<br />

S<br />

u<br />

b<br />

D<br />

I<br />

B<br />

3<br />

Example <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI Locations Charts <strong>and</strong> Worksheets<br />

Table B–4. Dorado 200 Series Servers: Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server (Front View)<br />

Slot<br />

0<br />

Slot<br />

1<br />

Slot<br />

2<br />

Slot<br />

3<br />

Slot<br />

0<br />

Slot<br />

1<br />

Slot<br />

2<br />

Slot<br />

3<br />

Slot<br />

0<br />

Slot<br />

1<br />

Slot<br />

2<br />

Slot<br />

3<br />

Intel Subpod 1<br />

(not used)<br />

Intel Subpod 0<br />

(4 IPs)<br />

DOMAIN 0 DOMAIN 1 (not used)<br />

POD 0 POD 1 (not used)<br />

MSU 2 (4GB) MSU 3<br />

(not used)<br />

Intel Subpod 1<br />

(not used)<br />

Intel Subpod 0<br />

(not used)<br />

DIB 1 DIB 0 DIB 1 (not used) DIB 0 (not used)<br />

DC06 (direct connect)<br />

Path 2<br />

Host C<br />

DC02 (direct connect)<br />

Path 2<br />

Host A<br />

DC08 (direct connect)<br />

Path 2<br />

Host D<br />

DC04 (direct connect)<br />

Path 2<br />

Host B<br />

Ethernet<br />

(maintenance)<br />

DC05 (direct connect)<br />

Path 1<br />

Host C<br />

DC01 (direct connect)<br />

Path 1<br />

Host A<br />

DC07 (direct connect)<br />

Path 1<br />

Host D<br />

DC03 (direct connect)<br />

Path 1<br />

Host B<br />

(not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) SCSI (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

Ethernet 2 Ethernet 1 (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) Floppy (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) CMP PCI Board (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) Uni Screen (not used) (not used)<br />

6885 3522–003 B–5


Example <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI Locations Charts <strong>and</strong> Worksheets<br />

S<br />

u<br />

b<br />

D<br />

I<br />

B<br />

1<br />

S<br />

u<br />

b<br />

D<br />

I<br />

B<br />

2<br />

S<br />

u<br />

b<br />

D<br />

I<br />

B<br />

3<br />

Table B–5. Dorado 200 Series Servers: Primary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server (Back View)<br />

DOMAIN 1 (not used) DOMAIN 0<br />

Intel Subpod 0<br />

(not used)<br />

Intel Subpod 1<br />

(not used)<br />

POD 3 (not used) POD 2<br />

MSU 1<br />

(not used)<br />

MSU 0<br />

(not used)<br />

Intel Subpod 0<br />

(not used)<br />

Intel Subpod 1<br />

(not used)<br />

DIB 1 (not used) DIB 0 (not used) DIB 1 DIB 0<br />

Slot<br />

0<br />

Slot<br />

1<br />

Slot<br />

2<br />

Slot<br />

3<br />

Slot<br />

0<br />

Slot<br />

1<br />

Slot<br />

2<br />

Slot<br />

3<br />

Slot<br />

0<br />

Slot<br />

1<br />

Slot<br />

2<br />

Slot<br />

3<br />

(not used) (not used) C06 (crossover)<br />

Path 2<br />

Host C<br />

(not used) (not used) C02 (crossover)<br />

Path 2<br />

Host A<br />

(not used) (not used) C08 (crossover)<br />

Path 2<br />

Host D<br />

(not used) (not used) C04 (crossover)<br />

Path 2<br />

Host B<br />

C05 (crossover)<br />

Path 1<br />

Host C<br />

C01 (crossover)<br />

Path 1<br />

Host A<br />

C07 (crossover)<br />

Path 1<br />

Host D<br />

C03 (crossover)<br />

Path 1<br />

Host B<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) S02 (synchronization)<br />

Path 2<br />

S01 (synchronization)<br />

Path 1<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) S04 (synchronization)<br />

Path 4<br />

S03 (synchronization)<br />

Path 3<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

B–6 6885 3522–003


S<br />

u<br />

b<br />

D<br />

I<br />

B<br />

1<br />

S<br />

u<br />

b<br />

D<br />

I<br />

B<br />

2<br />

S<br />

u<br />

b<br />

D<br />

I<br />

B<br />

3<br />

Example <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI Locations Charts <strong>and</strong> Worksheets<br />

Table B–6. Dorado 200 Series Servers: Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server (Front View)<br />

Slot<br />

0<br />

Slot<br />

1<br />

Slot<br />

2<br />

Slot<br />

3<br />

Slot<br />

0<br />

Slot<br />

1<br />

Slot<br />

2<br />

Slot<br />

3<br />

Slot<br />

0<br />

Slot<br />

1<br />

Slot<br />

2<br />

Slot<br />

3<br />

Intel Subpod 1<br />

(not used)<br />

Intel Subpod 0<br />

(4 IPs)<br />

DOMAIN 0 DOMAIN 1 (not used)<br />

POD 0 POD 1 (not used)<br />

MSU 2 (4GB) MSU 3<br />

(not used)<br />

Intel Subpod 1<br />

(not used)<br />

Intel Subpod 0<br />

(not used)<br />

DIB 1 DIB 0 DIB 1 (not used) DIB 0 (not used)<br />

DC06 (direct connect)<br />

Path 4<br />

Host C<br />

DC02 (direct connect)<br />

Path 4<br />

Host A<br />

DC08 (direct connect)<br />

Path 4<br />

Host D<br />

DC04 (direct connect)<br />

Path 4<br />

Host B<br />

Ethernet<br />

(maintenance)<br />

DC05 (direct connect)<br />

Path 3<br />

Host C<br />

DC01 (direct connect)<br />

Path 3<br />

Host A<br />

DC07 (direct connect)<br />

Path 3<br />

Host D<br />

DC03 (direct connect)<br />

Path 3<br />

Host B<br />

(not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) SCSI (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

Ethernet 2 Ethernet 1 (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) Floppy (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) CMP PCI Board (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) Uni Screen (not used) (not used)<br />

6885 3522–003 B–7


Example <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI Locations Charts <strong>and</strong> Worksheets<br />

S<br />

u<br />

b<br />

D<br />

I<br />

B<br />

1<br />

S<br />

u<br />

b<br />

D<br />

I<br />

B<br />

2<br />

S<br />

u<br />

b<br />

D<br />

I<br />

B<br />

3<br />

Table B–7. Dorado 200 Series Servers: Secondary <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server (Back View)<br />

DOMAIN 1 (not used) DOMAIN 0<br />

Intel Subpod 0<br />

(not used)<br />

Intel Subpod 1<br />

(not used)<br />

POD 3 (not used) POD 2<br />

MSU 1<br />

(not used)<br />

MSU 0<br />

(not used)<br />

Intel Subpod 0<br />

(not used)<br />

Intel Subpod 1<br />

(not used)<br />

DIB 1 (not used) DIB 0 (not used) DIB 1 DIB 0<br />

Slot<br />

0<br />

Slot<br />

1<br />

Slot<br />

2<br />

Slot<br />

3<br />

Slot<br />

0<br />

Slot<br />

1<br />

Slot<br />

2<br />

Slot<br />

3<br />

Slot<br />

0<br />

Slot<br />

1<br />

Slot<br />

2<br />

Slot<br />

3<br />

(not used) (not used) C06 (crossover)<br />

Path 4<br />

Host C<br />

(not used) (not used) C02 (crossover)<br />

Path 4<br />

Host A<br />

(not used) (not used) C08 (crossover)<br />

Path 4<br />

Host D<br />

(not used) (not used) C04 (crossover)<br />

Path 4<br />

Host B<br />

C05 (crossover)<br />

Path 3<br />

Host C<br />

C01 (crossover)<br />

Path 3<br />

Host A<br />

C07 (crossover)<br />

Path 3<br />

Host D<br />

C03 (crossover)<br />

Path 3<br />

Host B<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) S02 (synchronization)<br />

Path 2<br />

S01 (synchronization)<br />

Path 1<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) S04 (synchronization)<br />

Path 4<br />

S03 (synchronization)<br />

Path 3<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

(not used) (not used) (not used) (not used)<br />

B–8 6885 3522–003


Example <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI Locations Charts <strong>and</strong> Worksheets<br />

Table B–8. Worksheet: <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> Information<br />

Component Computer Name Network IP Address 1 Network IP Address 2<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Primary<br />

Server<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Secondary<br />

Server<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation<br />

(active)<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation<br />

(backup)<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Primary<br />

Server<br />

Maintenance<br />

LAN<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Secondary<br />

Server<br />

Maintenance<br />

LAN<br />

P-<strong>XPC</strong>-L 192.168.225.1 192.168.226.1<br />

S-<strong>XPC</strong>-L 192.168.225.2 192.168.226.2<br />

Active-<strong>XPC</strong>-Ctl 192.168.225.3 192.168.226.3<br />

Backup-<strong>XPC</strong>-Ctl 192.168.225.4 192.168.226.4<br />

(not applicable) Dorado 200 Series servers:<br />

192.168.222.4<br />

Dorado 300 Series servers:<br />

172.26.3.20<br />

(not applicable) Dorado 200 Series servers:<br />

192.168.222.5<br />

Dorado 300 Series servers:<br />

172.26.3.21<br />

(not applicable)<br />

(not applicable)<br />

Table B–9. Worksheet: <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> User Name/Password Information<br />

Component User Name Password<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Primary<br />

Service<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Secondary<br />

Service<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

(active)<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

(backup)<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-Ctl <strong>XPC</strong>-L-Ctl<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-Ctl <strong>XPC</strong>-L-Ctl<br />

Table B–10. Worksheet: <strong>XPC</strong>-L License Code<br />

6885 3522–003 B–9


Example <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server PCI Locations Charts <strong>and</strong> Worksheets<br />

B–10 6885 3522–003


Appendix C<br />

Reinstallation of Windows 2003 on<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

This appendix provides the procedure for a full reinstallation of Windows 2003,<br />

Enterprise Edition SP2 on the Dorado 300 Series <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers. This procedure<br />

describes the steps to reinstall the Windows operating system, the Server Sentinel<br />

components, Call Home, <strong>and</strong> configuring the server for use in the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server<br />

environment. The process takes approximately one <strong>and</strong> a half hour for each server. To<br />

ensure continuous operation of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system, perform this procedure on one <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

server at a time. For more information on this procedure, refer to the following<br />

documents:<br />

• ES7000/one Firmware <strong>and</strong> Server Sentinel Software Reinstallation <strong>Guide</strong> for Itanium<br />

2 Processors , which relates to ES7000/ one Version 2.1 <strong>and</strong> higher<br />

• <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong> <strong>Installation</strong>, <strong>Configuration</strong>, <strong>and</strong> <strong>Migration</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> of <strong>XPC</strong>-L Release 2.0<br />

• <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware 2.0 Customer Reference Manual of <strong>XPC</strong>-L Release 2.0<br />

• ClearPath Plus Server Dorado 300 Series Install & Config Gd, Vol 2 Set Up Service<br />

Processors<br />

• Call Home TIB 10151261<br />

6885 3522–003 C–1


Reinstallation of Windows 2003 on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

Perform the following steps to reinstall Windows 2003 on <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers.<br />

Note: The <strong>XPC</strong>-L service must be stopped on the server before beginning this<br />

procedure.<br />

1. If the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Windows server is still operational, copy any DUMP files <strong>and</strong> LOG files<br />

that you might want to save before reinstalling the Windows operating system.<br />

2. Ensure you have the following media available:<br />

− Dorado 300 Windows IA32 Easy Install, Partition Drivers CD (3847 5620-003)<br />

− Windows 2003, Enterprise Edition CDs <strong>and</strong> also the SP2 CD if it is not integrated<br />

in your version of Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition<br />

− Server Sentinel Products CD (38475893-003)<br />

− The Windows Product Key<br />

− Current <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD<br />

3. Ensure you have the following information of the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server :<br />

− Computer name <strong>and</strong> password<br />

− HOSTS file<br />

− <strong>XPC</strong>-L service username <strong>and</strong> password<br />

− <strong>XPC</strong>-L control username <strong>and</strong> password<br />

− License code for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L system<br />

4. Reconfigure the Windows Partition in Server Sentinel so that you have the minimum<br />

necessary components. During the initial reinstallation of Windows, only the<br />

following components must be up while the others must be down.<br />

− Processors, IP0,0-3; IP0,8-11<br />

− Mem0<br />

− CPB0<br />

− PCI Bus 0,0-2; 1,1-2<br />

5. Insert the Dorado 300 Easy Install Partition Drivers CD in the CD-ROM drive.<br />

6. The <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server uses two drives that are “RAIDED“; the next step is to configure<br />

these drives. Power up or restart the partition from Server Sentinel.<br />

C–2 6885 3522–003


Reinstallation of Windows 2003 on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

7. Switch on Windows. Watch for the LSI SAS BIOS display window <strong>and</strong> press<br />

CTRL + C to call the LSI <strong>Configuration</strong> Utility. Perform the following steps to<br />

configure the RAID Array:<br />

a. Select the first SAS adapter on the list <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

The Adapter Properties window appears.<br />

b. Ensure that the Boot Support value is set to [Enabled BIOS & OS].<br />

Select RAID Properties <strong>and</strong> press Enter. If the RAID array is already created<br />

proceed to step 7c. Else, proceed to step 7g.<br />

c. Select Manage Array <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

d. Select Delete Array <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

e. Type Y to delete array <strong>and</strong> exit to adapter properties.<br />

f. Select RAID properties <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

The Select New Array Type window appears.<br />

g. On the Select New Array Type window, select Create IM Volume <strong>and</strong><br />

press Enter.<br />

The Create New Array Type window appears. The disk drives available on the<br />

partition cell are listed here.<br />

h. For the first drive listed, select No under RAID Disk, <strong>and</strong> press the spacebar.<br />

i. Type D to overwrite the existing data <strong>and</strong> create a new IM array.<br />

On the Create New Array window, the RAID disk value of the selected disk<br />

drive changes to Yes.<br />

j. For the second drive listed, select No under RAID Disk <strong>and</strong> press the spacebar<br />

to change value to Yes.<br />

k. If a third disk exists in your configuration, select No under Hot Spr for that disk<br />

<strong>and</strong> press the spacebar to change the value to Yes.<br />

l. Type C to view the Create <strong>and</strong> save New Array's options dialog box.<br />

m. Select Save, exit this menu <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

The Adapter properties window is displayed.<br />

n. To exit the LSI Logic MPT Setup Utility, press ESC twice, select Exit the<br />

<strong>Configuration</strong> Utility <strong>and</strong> Reboot, <strong>and</strong> press Enter.<br />

The partition reboots.<br />

8. When the system reboots, the Windows Splash window appears prompting you to<br />

press any key to boot from the CD-ROM. The Server Sentinel Easy Install interface<br />

appears after several minutes.<br />

Note: If you have not pressed a key to boot from the CD-ROM, then stop <strong>and</strong> start<br />

the partition to boot from the CD-ROM.<br />

6885 3522–003 C–3


Reinstallation of Windows 2003 on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

9. Click Configure Boot Disk.<br />

a. Select Use Windows 2003 Partitioning <strong>and</strong> click OK on the message.<br />

b. Click Create Partition.<br />

A Create Partition message appears which informs you that all data will be lost.<br />

c. Click OK.<br />

Partition creation will proceed <strong>and</strong> messages will be displayed in the partitioning<br />

window.<br />

d. When the disk partitioning is complete click Format Partition.<br />

A Format Partition message appears telling you all the data will be lost.<br />

e. Click OK.<br />

f. When the Primary partition format is complete you will have two partitions.<br />

Volume 0 is the DVD-ROM <strong>and</strong> Volume 1 is the NTFS partition.<br />

10. Exit the <strong>Configuration</strong> Boot Disk Utility <strong>and</strong> Click on Server Sentinel<br />

Easy Install.<br />

The Easy Install Wizard appears.<br />

C–4 6885 3522–003


11. Click Next to continue.<br />

Reinstallation of Windows 2003 on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

a. Click Next to use the default C partition. It must be configured as NTFS <strong>and</strong><br />

approximately of size 66GB, unless your system has a different size hard drive.<br />

b. Select NO for Manually configure partition <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

c. Select the appropriate operating system you are installing <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

d. Enter the name, organization, <strong>and</strong> the time zone you are in. Click Next.<br />

e. Enter the Windows Product Key <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

f. Accept the default password or enter the site specific password <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

g. Select the licensing mode per server <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

h. Enter the computer name <strong>and</strong> make sure Workgroup is selected. Use the<br />

default name “WORKGROUP“ or enter the site specific name. Click Next.<br />

i. Ensure Yes is selected for the Network setup. Click Next.<br />

j. Enter the IP address <strong>and</strong> Subnet mask <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

k. Accept the Community Name Public for the SNMP service <strong>and</strong> click Next.<br />

l. Enter the SNMP service's contact name <strong>and</strong> location. Accept the default<br />

services selected (Application, Internet, <strong>and</strong> End to End). Click Next to continue.<br />

m. The installation summary appears if all entered information is correct. Click<br />

Finish to begin the Windows installation.<br />

The installation files will now be copied.<br />

n. If you are installing Windows 2003, Enterprise Edition R2, a window appears<br />

prompting you to insert CD 2 of the two CDs to install the R2 components. Clear<br />

the check box so that you do not save the R2 files <strong>and</strong> click Skip.<br />

A warning message appears about skipping the R2 components.<br />

Note: For the <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers we do not install these components.<br />

o. Click Yes. Insert CD 1 of the two CDs of Windows 2003, Enterprise Edition. If<br />

the CD does not start automatically, click browse to start the setup file.<br />

p. Select I accept for the License agreement <strong>and</strong> click Continue.<br />

The installation proceeds without requiring any intervention <strong>and</strong> will take about<br />

60 minutes to complete. At the end of the installation, you will able to log on to<br />

the system with the system administrator's credentials.<br />

12. Log on as administrator. The Windows setup window appears with the message<br />

that Windows setup is incomplete <strong>and</strong> that you need to install the new components<br />

from CD2. Click Cancel. The Windows setup window reappears, click OK. The<br />

Windows Server Post-Setup Updates window appears.<br />

13. As your system is part of a private network, do not configure the update capabilities<br />

for Windows. Click Finish, <strong>and</strong> then click Yes on the updated warning message.<br />

The Manage Your Server window appears.<br />

14. .Your system does not configure any of these components. Select Don’t display<br />

the page at logon <strong>and</strong> close this window.<br />

6885 3522–003 C–5


Reinstallation of Windows 2003 on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

15. Install the partition drivers using the following steps:<br />

a. Log on to the system as the administrator if not already logged on.<br />

b. Insert the Partition Easy Install, Drivers, <strong>and</strong> HAL Media CD into the Partition<br />

CD/DVD drive.<br />

This action launches the <strong>Installation</strong> Assistant.<br />

Note: If the autorun option is not set, use Windows Explorer to navigate to the<br />

following location <strong>and</strong> double-click the setup.exe file: :\setup.exe.<br />

If the Internet Explorer Enhanced Security dialog box appears, select In the<br />

future, do not show this message again <strong>and</strong> click OK.<br />

c. Click the partition drivers.<br />

The Supplemental Driver Utility is installed. A scan is performed to determine<br />

whether updated drivers are available from the CD-ROM. The Supplemental<br />

Driver Utility is then displayed, enabling you to update your drivers.<br />

d. Ensure that you install drivers that are appropriate for your environment. If the<br />

installed drivers are of the same level as the available drivers, the most up to<br />

date drivers are installed <strong>and</strong> no drivers are selected for installation. Click Exit<br />

<strong>and</strong> proceed to step 15e.<br />

If drivers are selected, click Install. An installation progress bar is displayed.<br />

Each selected driver is installed. After the drivers are updated, click Exit.<br />

Note: If prompted, load the vendor driver utilities selected by the Supplemental<br />

Driver Utility<br />

e. Click Finished.<br />

f. Click Yes to restart the system if prompted to do so.<br />

g. Remove the Partition Easy Install, Drivers, <strong>and</strong> HAL Media CD from the partition<br />

CD/DVD drive.<br />

16. Configure Maintenance LAN for Call Home by performing the following steps:<br />

a. If not already logged on, log on as the administrator.<br />

b. Open the network connections. You can do this by right-clicking <strong>and</strong> opening the<br />

network connection from the network icon. Alternatively, point to Control<br />

Panel on the Start menu <strong>and</strong> select Network connections.<br />

c. Go to the LAN2 connection, right-click <strong>and</strong> select properties. This should be<br />

Cell 0 right h<strong>and</strong> connection. You can verify this by unplugging <strong>and</strong> plugging the<br />

cable. On the General tab, select Internet Protocol <strong>and</strong> properties. Click<br />

Use the following IP address <strong>and</strong> enter the appropriate IP address for<br />

the Server. Refer to the HOSTS file for your system for this IP address. Also<br />

enter the Subnet mask address 255.255.0.0. Click OK <strong>and</strong> close the<br />

connection window.<br />

C–6 6885 3522–003


Reinstallation of Windows 2003 on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

17. Configure the Ethernet 2 LAN connection by performing the following steps:<br />

a. Go to the LAN connection <strong>and</strong> right click, then select properties. This should<br />

be the Cell 1 left h<strong>and</strong> connection. You can verify this by unplugging <strong>and</strong><br />

plugging the cable.<br />

b. On the General tab, select Internet Protocol <strong>and</strong> properties. Click Use<br />

the following IP address <strong>and</strong> enter the appropriate Ethernet 2 IP address for<br />

the server. Refer to the HOSTS file for your system to get the IP address. Also<br />

enter the Subnet mask address 255.255.255.0. Click OK <strong>and</strong> close the<br />

connection window.<br />

18. Change the Windows nonpaged pool size by performing the following steps:<br />

a. Log on as an administrator.<br />

b. Insert the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD into the CD-ROM drive of the Intel partition of the<br />

Dorado Series server.<br />

You might see the installation setup box for <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control. Click Cancel.<br />

c. Navigate to CD-ROM_drive_letter:/Server Registry Changes/ <strong>and</strong> double-click<br />

<strong>System</strong> Pages.reg.<br />

A message appears in the registry editor asking you whether you are sure you<br />

want to add the information to the registry.<br />

d. Click Yes.<br />

A message appears in the registry editor stating that the information has been<br />

successfully entered into the registry.<br />

e. Click OK.<br />

f. Remove the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD from the CD-ROM drive of the Intel partition of<br />

the server <strong>and</strong> reboot the server to make these changes effective.<br />

6885 3522–003 C–7


Reinstallation of Windows 2003 on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

19. Install the VI driver software by performing the following steps:<br />

a. Shut down the Windows server <strong>and</strong> go to Server Sentinel <strong>and</strong> “up“ all the PCI<br />

buses for the Myrinet cards that are installed in your system.<br />

Note: PCI Bus 1 must be up in all the cells.<br />

b. Boot the system <strong>and</strong> log on as Administrator.<br />

The Welcome to the Found New hardware wizard window appears, with the<br />

message Can Windows connect to Windows update search for<br />

software?<br />

c. Click No, not this time. Then click Next.<br />

d. Leave Install Automatically selected, but do not click Next.<br />

e. Insert the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD into the CD-ROM drive of the Intel partition<br />

server.<br />

You might receive the installation setup dialog box for <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control after<br />

inserting the CD. If you do, click Cancel; do not install <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control onto the<br />

server.<br />

A message in the Hardware <strong>Installation</strong> window states that the adapter has not<br />

passed Windows Logo testing.<br />

f. Click Continue Anyway.<br />

The VI card software driver is installed.<br />

g. Click Finish.<br />

A Found new hardware window appears.<br />

h. Repeat steps 19c through 19g for every VI card until the software driver is<br />

installed for all cards.<br />

i. Remove the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Firmware CD from the CD-ROM drive of the Intel partition<br />

server.<br />

C–8 6885 3522–003


Reinstallation of Windows 2003 on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

20. Perform the following steps to change the network settings for each of the VI cards:<br />

a. On the Start menu, point to Settings <strong>and</strong> click Control Panel.<br />

b. Double-click Network Connections.<br />

A Network Connections window appears.<br />

c. Right-click one of the VI cards (Myricom Myrinet Adapter) <strong>and</strong> click Properties.<br />

A Local Area Connection Properties window appears.<br />

d. Clear each of the check boxes listed under This connection uses the<br />

following items.<br />

e. Select the Show icon in notification area when connected check box.<br />

f. Clear the Notify me when this connection has limited or no<br />

connectivity check box.<br />

g. Click OK.<br />

h. Repeat steps 20c through 20g for each VI card.<br />

i. Close the Network Connections window.<br />

j. Reboot the server.<br />

Caution<br />

a. Change the network settings for each VI card. Failure to do so could<br />

result in unpredictable behavior.<br />

b. Do not perform these network setting changes for non-VI cards (such as<br />

the Ethernet cards) in the system.<br />

21. Copy the HOSTS file.<br />

a. Log on to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server as an administrator <strong>and</strong> copy the HOSTS file for your<br />

system to the following location, replacing the existing file:<br />

C:\Windows\system32\drivers\etc\hosts<br />

b. Modify the HOSTS file for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server maintenance LAN for your appropriate<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L server. Also add this IP address to the HOSTS file of the service processor.<br />

6885 3522–003 C–9


Reinstallation of Windows 2003 on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

22. Create user names <strong>and</strong> update local security policies by performing the following<br />

steps:<br />

a. Log on to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server as an administrator to create the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Service User<br />

name for your system.<br />

b. On Control Panel, double-click Administrative Tools, <strong>and</strong> then doubleclick<br />

Computer Management.<br />

c. Under Local Users <strong>and</strong> Groups, click Users.<br />

d. Click Action.<br />

e. Click New User on the Action menu.<br />

f. Type the required user name <strong>and</strong> password (Full name <strong>and</strong> Description are<br />

optional).<br />

The password must be greater than six characters.<br />

g. Clear the User must change password at next logon check box <strong>and</strong> click<br />

Password never expires.<br />

h. Click Create.<br />

i. Click Close.<br />

j. Add the new user name to the Administrators group<br />

k. Under Local Users <strong>and</strong> Groups, click Groups.<br />

l. Double-click Administrators.<br />

m. Click Add.<br />

n. Type the user name defined in step 22f <strong>and</strong> click OK.<br />

o. Click Apply, <strong>and</strong> then click OK.<br />

p. Now repeat steps 22c through 22o to create the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control user name.<br />

q. Set the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server service user name (or a group of which it is a member) to<br />

have the user rights assignments of Log on as service <strong>and</strong> Lock pages in<br />

memory.<br />

r. On Control Panel, double-click Administrative Tools, <strong>and</strong> then doubleclick<br />

Local Security Policy.<br />

s. Under Local Policies, click User Rights Assignment.<br />

t. Double-click Log on as service in the right pane.<br />

u. Click Add User or Group.<br />

v. Type the user name <strong>and</strong> click OK.<br />

w. Click Apply, <strong>and</strong> then click OK.<br />

x. Repeat steps 22t through 22w for Lock pages in memory rights.<br />

y. Reboot the server to make changes effective, before continuing to the next<br />

step.<br />

C–10 6885 3522–003


Reinstallation of Windows 2003 on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

23. Create the shared folder by performing the following steps. Log onto the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

server as an administrator <strong>and</strong> create this folder in the C: root directory as follows:<br />

a. Launch Windows Explorer.<br />

b. Click New on the File menu to create a folder. Name the folder “<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

SHARE.“<br />

c. Right-click the <strong>XPC</strong>-L SHARE folder <strong>and</strong> select Properties.<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L SHARE Properties dialog box appears.<br />

d. On the Sharing tab, select the Share this folder check box <strong>and</strong> type <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

SHARE in the Share name box.<br />

e. On the Permissions tab, select the Full Control, Change, <strong>and</strong> Read check<br />

boxes. Click Apply, <strong>and</strong> then click OK.<br />

f. Click Apply, <strong>and</strong> then click OK to complete the creation of the shared folder.<br />

6885 3522–003 C–11


Reinstallation of Windows 2003 on <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers<br />

24. Using the Active <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation, install <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server software.<br />

a. Ensure that the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server is booted.<br />

In the main window under Servers, if the server status is Server not found,<br />

then either the server is not booted or the name of the server in the<br />

configuration file is incorrect. After the Select Server display is updated with<br />

Service not found (the software has not been installed yet) or Stopped (the<br />

software is being reinstalled, therefore the service is stopped), you can continue<br />

with the next step.<br />

b. Install the <strong>XPC</strong>-L executable <strong>and</strong> DLLs on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L server.<br />

c. On the Select Server pane, click the server name to select it. Click Tools <strong>and</strong><br />

then click Install <strong>XPC</strong>-L Software to install the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server service on the<br />

selected server.<br />

The License Code dialog box appears, soliciting the license code for the specific<br />

combination of configured <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers. The license code is available on the<br />

worksheet provided by Unisys. The dialog box validates the format of the license<br />

code. The license code is further verified during the <strong>XPC</strong>-L initialization process<br />

following a start <strong>XPC</strong>-L comm<strong>and</strong>. If the verification check fails, the <strong>XPC</strong>-L will<br />

not initialize correctly <strong>and</strong> you must reinstall the software. If <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control finds<br />

that the service is already installed on the selected server, it skips the solicitation<br />

of a user name <strong>and</strong> password. If the <strong>XPC</strong>-L service was not previously installed,<br />

the User Name window appears.<br />

d. Enter the user name <strong>and</strong> password that was set up for the <strong>XPC</strong>-L service on the<br />

selected server <strong>and</strong> on the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation. Click OK.<br />

e. <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control then copies the <strong>XPC</strong>-L executable <strong>and</strong> DLLs to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Share<br />

folder on that server <strong>and</strong> automatically creates the <strong>XPC</strong>-L service on that server.<br />

You can view the results on the Log window. Once this step is successfully<br />

completed, the state of the service on the Select Server pane is updated with<br />

Stopped.<br />

You have now completed installing the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server software.<br />

The <strong>XPC</strong>-L server is now ready for use <strong>and</strong> can be started.<br />

If you wish to use Call Home for your system, perform step 25 before using your<br />

server with your <strong>XPC</strong>-L <strong>System</strong>.<br />

25. To set up <strong>and</strong> test Call Home for Dorado 300 Series <strong>XPC</strong>-L servers refer to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

Firmware 2.0 Customer Reference Manual <strong>and</strong> the Technical Bulletin 10128684.<br />

C–12 6885 3522–003


Glossary<br />

D<br />

Distributed <strong>System</strong>s Manager (DSM)<br />

A hardware <strong>and</strong> software environment that extends data acceleration capabilities into<br />

multihost file sharing environments. DSM software uses the <strong>XPC</strong> hardware unit to<br />

provide caching of shared mass storage files <strong>and</strong> improved interhost messaging <strong>and</strong><br />

locking functions in various multi host configurations. See also Extended Processing<br />

Complex (<strong>XPC</strong>).<br />

DLL<br />

E<br />

Abbreviation for dynamic link library.<br />

Extended Processing Complex (<strong>XPC</strong>)<br />

An optional central electronics complex (CEC) component that extends the processing<br />

capabilities of a Dorado Series server. It provides data acceleration for individual <strong>and</strong><br />

multiple hosts, <strong>and</strong> data locking <strong>and</strong> interhost communication capabilities for multi host<br />

processing environments. Extended processing capabilities are realized through the<br />

combination of <strong>XPC</strong> hardware <strong>and</strong> host-resident features, such as <strong>XPC</strong>EXEC for data<br />

acceleration, MHFS for multi host file sharing, <strong>and</strong> XTC for multi host concurrent<br />

application processing. See also Distributed <strong>System</strong>s Manager (DSM).<br />

The next generation replacement for the <strong>XPC</strong> is the <strong>XPC</strong>-L.<br />

Extended Processing Complex-Locking (<strong>XPC</strong>-L)<br />

A central electronics complex (CEC) component that is optionally added to a Dorado<br />

Series server. <strong>XPC</strong>-L provides an external lock engine that is used to coordinate access<br />

to files <strong>and</strong> databases that are simultaneously accessed from multiple hosts. It provides<br />

the following categories of functions:<br />

M<br />

MIH<br />

• External locking manager<br />

• Operating system interhost messaging<br />

• Shared Unit Duplexing synchronization<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L is the next generation replacement for the <strong>XPC</strong>.<br />

Abbreviation for Multiple Independent Hosts.<br />

6885 3522–003 Glossary–1


Glossary<br />

R<br />

record lock processor (RLP)<br />

The capability provided by the <strong>XPC</strong>-L that enables a single application to execute<br />

simultaneously on multiple Dorado Series servers while accessing a common database<br />

(an XTC environment). This capability is also referred to as the external lock manager.<br />

S<br />

SCP<br />

V<br />

VI<br />

VSM<br />

X<br />

<strong>XPC</strong><br />

Initially, the RLP was a processor connected to all hosts in an XTC environment. The RLP<br />

is no longer supported, but the capability it initially provided continues to be provided by<br />

the <strong>XPC</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong>-L.<br />

Acronym for Service Control Program.<br />

Abbreviation for virtual interface.<br />

Abbreviation for Virtual Storage Manager.<br />

See Extended Processing Complex.<br />

<strong>XPC</strong> I/O Interface Processor (XIIP)<br />

An IOP connected to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L.<br />

<strong>XPC</strong> Resident File (XRF)<br />

A file with the XRP file caching specification. <strong>XPC</strong> resident files are not subject to the<br />

caching algorithm <strong>and</strong> are destaged only under specific conditions.<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

See Extended Processing Complex-Locking.<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

The software that runs on an <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation to control <strong>and</strong> provide the<br />

primary user interface to the <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers.<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L platform<br />

The hardware comprising an <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server.<br />

Glossary–2 6885 3522–003


<strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

The physical entity that performs the record-level locking functions.<br />

Glossary<br />

Multiple hosts connect to redundant <strong>XPC</strong>-L platforms, which are controlled by redundant<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations. The redundant <strong>XPC</strong>-L systems operate in a master/slave<br />

software configuration; the platform that is the master is referred to as the primary<br />

server <strong>and</strong> the platform that is the slave is referred to as the secondary server. The<br />

primary/secondary configuration may consist of two independent hardware platforms or<br />

multiple pods within the same hardware platform.<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L service<br />

The software that runs on an <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server.<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L system<br />

The group of <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstations <strong>and</strong> <strong>XPC</strong>-L Servers that provide the Extended<br />

Processing Complex-Locking (<strong>XPC</strong>-L) function.<br />

XRF<br />

XRP<br />

See <strong>XPC</strong> Resident File.<br />

A FURPUR <strong>and</strong> FREIPS option that sets a file’s <strong>XPC</strong> caching specification to make it a<br />

permanent <strong>XPC</strong> Resident File.<br />

6885 3522–003 Glossary–3


Glossary<br />

Glossary–4 6885 3522–003


Index<br />

A<br />

add a new VI card, 5-6<br />

administrator<br />

create shared folder, 2-31<br />

install <strong>XPC</strong>-L control, 2-32<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

modify hosts file, 2-26<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation, modify hosts<br />

file, 2-26<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

add user names, 2-30<br />

modify hosts file, 2-26<br />

administrators group, A-1<br />

create <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control user name, 2-28<br />

create <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server user name, 2-28<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

add server user name, 2-29<br />

add <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control user name, 2-29<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

add <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control user name, 2-30<br />

add <strong>XPC</strong>-L Server user name, 2-30<br />

C<br />

caching, eliminated, 4-1<br />

configuration file<br />

creating, 3-6, 3-27<br />

identify location, 2-33<br />

purpose, 3-5<br />

sample, 3-10, 3-24<br />

syntax, 3-7<br />

configuring<br />

hosts, 3-2<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation, 3-1<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Server, 3-2<br />

console messages<br />

changed, 4-15<br />

new, 4-13<br />

CPU hyper-threading, enable, 5-42, 5-43<br />

crossover path<br />

purpose, 1-8<br />

VI card function, 3-6<br />

6885 3522–003 Index–1<br />

D<br />

database locking, 1-2<br />

DataMover<br />

mutually exclusive with VI channel, 4-22<br />

not supported, 3-3, 4-2<br />

direct-connect path, VI card function, 3-6<br />

DLL, 2-31, 2-36<br />

DN XIPnn keyin, 4-17<br />

DN <strong>XPC</strong>_name keyin, 4-17<br />

document notations, 1-10<br />

E<br />

EXERR-0133, 4-22<br />

Extended I/O processors, See XIIP<br />

Extended Transaction Capacity<br />

defined, 1-5<br />

installing, 2-38<br />

external lock manager, defined, 1-2<br />

F<br />

feature grouping<br />

Extended Transaction Capacity, 1-5<br />

Partitioned Applications, 1-5<br />

feature, MHFS, 1-3<br />

FS,ALL CM_name keyin, 4-20<br />

FS,ALL IOP_name keyin, 4-20<br />

FS,ALL IPx keyin, 4-20<br />

FS,ALL XIIP_name keyin, 4-21<br />

FS,ALL <strong>XPC</strong>_name keyin, 4-19<br />

FS,CM keyin, 4-19<br />

FS,IOP keyin, 4-18<br />

FS,XCACHE keyin


Index<br />

changed console message, 4-15<br />

FS,XIIP keyin, 4-19<br />

FS,<strong>XPC</strong> keyin, 4-18<br />

H<br />

Host Interface Adapter (HIA), not<br />

supported, 4-2<br />

host platform<br />

hardware, 1-7<br />

software, 1-9<br />

host software<br />

installing, 2-38<br />

removing, 6-2<br />

host, configuring, 3-2<br />

hosts file, modifying, 2-26<br />

hyper-threading<br />

enable, 5-20, 5-31, 5-42, 5-43<br />

I<br />

I/O comm<strong>and</strong> queuing, 4-1<br />

increase nonpaged pool, 2-21<br />

interhost messaging, 1-3<br />

IOPUTIL, 5-50<br />

K<br />

k, 5-21<br />

keyins<br />

DN XIPnn, 4-17<br />

DN <strong>XPC</strong>_name, 4-17<br />

FS,ALL CM_name, 4-20<br />

FS,ALL IOP_name, 4-20<br />

FS,ALL IPx, 4-20<br />

FS,ALL XIIP_name, 4-21<br />

FS,ALL <strong>XPC</strong>_name, 4-19<br />

FS,CM, 4-19<br />

FS,IOP, 4-18<br />

FS,XCACHE, 4-15<br />

FS,XIIP, 4-19<br />

FS,<strong>XPC</strong>, 4-15, 4-18<br />

MAINT, 4-21<br />

UP XIPnn, 4-17<br />

UP <strong>XPC</strong>_name, 4-17<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>DUMP, 4-16<br />

Index–2 6885 3522–003<br />

L<br />

license code, 2-33, 2-36<br />

load PCIOP microcode, 5-48<br />

batch mode, 5-50<br />

dem<strong>and</strong> mode, 5-51<br />

offline, 5-55<br />

online, 5-48<br />

locale, 2-40<br />

lock manager, 4-1<br />

M<br />

m, 2-1<br />

MAINT keyin, 4-21<br />

master server, 1-6, 3-1<br />

MHFS, See Multi-Host File Sharing<br />

migration<br />

changed console messages, 4-15<br />

conceptual <strong>and</strong> major functional<br />

differences, 4-1<br />

DataMover not supported, 4-2<br />

HIA not supported, 4-2<br />

interhost database locking, 4-2<br />

interhost messaging, 4-2<br />

new console messages, 4-13<br />

with shared unit duplexing, 4-10<br />

XIIP keyins, 4-3<br />

XIIP not supported, 4-2<br />

modes<br />

nonredundant mode, 3-1<br />

redundant mode, 3-1<br />

modify hosts file, 2-26<br />

Multi-Host File Sharing (MHFS)<br />

defined, 1-3<br />

installing, 2-38<br />

interhost communication<br />

alternate method, 1-4<br />

preferred method, 1-4<br />

<strong>XPC</strong> method, 1-4<br />

removing with <strong>XPC</strong>-L, 6-2<br />

without <strong>XPC</strong>-L, 6-2<br />

N<br />

n, 3-7<br />

nonpaged pool, increase, 2-21<br />

nonredundant mode, 3-1<br />

notation conventions, 1-10


O<br />

Operations Sentinel message text<br />

format, 2-39<br />

modifying, 2-40<br />

printing, 2-40<br />

purpose, 2-39<br />

ordering options, 2-1<br />

P<br />

PA, See Partitioned Applications<br />

partition, 2-17<br />

partition profile names, 2-16<br />

Partitioned Applications (PA), 1-5<br />

defined, 1-5<br />

installing, 2-38<br />

PCIOP microcode<br />

load new version, 5-48<br />

batch mode, 5-50<br />

dem<strong>and</strong> mode, 5-51<br />

offline, 5-55<br />

online, 5-48<br />

primary server platform, 1-6<br />

R<br />

R, 5-32<br />

record locking function, 4-1<br />

redundant mode, 3-1<br />

reinstall Windows drivers, <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation, 5-16, 5-27, 5-38<br />

reinstall Windows XP, <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Wor XE<br />

"k" kstation, 5-21<br />

reinstall Windows XP, <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation, 5-9<br />

reinstall Windows XP, <strong>XPC</strong>-L Control<br />

Workstation, 5-32<br />

replace a VI card, 5-3<br />

S<br />

SCIOP, 3-2<br />

SCMS II, 3-2<br />

SCMS, define VI cards, 3-2<br />

secondary server platform, 1-6<br />

server<br />

identifying primary, 2-33<br />

Index<br />

interface, 4-2<br />

server names, 2-33<br />

servers, 1-7, 1-9<br />

configuring, 3-2<br />

controlling, 3-1<br />

installing software, 2-35<br />

master, 1-8<br />

slave, 1-8<br />

Service Processor console, not to configure<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Server, 3-2<br />

shared unit duplex, 4-10<br />

shutdown to upgrade software, 5-7<br />

slave server, 1-6, 3-1<br />

software upgrade, with shutdown, 5-7<br />

sp_data_directory/help/locale, 2-40<br />

state file, 2-33<br />

synchronization path<br />

purpose, 1-8<br />

VI card function, 3-6<br />

6885 3522–003 Index–3<br />

T<br />

TIP, 1-2, 1-5<br />

U<br />

UDS, 1-2<br />

Unit Duplexing synchronization, 1-3<br />

Universal Data <strong>System</strong> (UDS), 1-5<br />

UP XIPnn keyin, 4-17<br />

UP <strong>XPC</strong>_name keyin, 4-17<br />

upgrade hardware<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation, 5-1<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L host, 5-6<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Server, 5-2<br />

upgrade platform software<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation, 5-9, 5-20, 5-32<br />

upgrade software<br />

with shutdown, 5-7<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation, 5-44<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L host, 5-47<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Server, 5-45<br />

user name, 2-28, 2-29, 2-30, A-1<br />

user rights, 2-29, 2-30, A-2<br />

V<br />

VI card<br />

add new, 5-6


Index<br />

driver software, 2-22<br />

functional categories, 3-6<br />

one per PCIOP, 4-22<br />

placement, B-1<br />

replace, 5-3<br />

seen as XIIP, 3-2, 3-9<br />

VI channel, 1-7<br />

messages, 4-13<br />

mutually exclusive with DataMover, 4-22<br />

virtual interface channel, See VI channel<br />

X<br />

XIIP<br />

messages, 4-13<br />

not supported, 4-2<br />

VI card seen as, 3-9, 4-2<br />

xiip_name, 4-22<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>DUMP keyin, 4-16<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>EXEC<br />

installing, 2-38<br />

removing, 6-2<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L<br />

deinstalling, 6-2<br />

functions, 1-2<br />

hardware, 1-6<br />

master, defined, 1-6<br />

nonredundant mode, 3-1, 3-6<br />

platform<br />

hardware, 1-7<br />

software, 1-9<br />

primary, defined, 1-6<br />

redundant mode, 3-1, 3-6<br />

secondary, defined, 1-6<br />

slave, defined, 1-6<br />

system, 1-6<br />

system, defined, 1-2<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Control Workstation<br />

changing hardware, 5-1<br />

changing platform software, 5-9, 5-20, 5-32<br />

configuring, 3-1<br />

installing software, 2-32<br />

reinstall Windows drivers, 5-38<br />

reinstall Windows drivers, 5-16, 5-27<br />

reinstall Windows XP, 5-9, 5-21, 5-32<br />

removing software, 6-3<br />

software, 1-9<br />

upgrade software, 5-44<br />

user name, 2-29<br />

user rights assignment, 2-29, 2-30<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L host<br />

changing hardware, 5-6<br />

upgrade software, 5-47<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>-L Server<br />

changing hardware, 5-2<br />

configuring, 3-2<br />

installing software, 2-35<br />

license code, 2-36<br />

partition, 2-17<br />

removing software, 6-3<br />

service<br />

user name, 2-28<br />

user rights, 2-30<br />

shared folder, 2-31<br />

upgrade software, 5-45<br />

user name, 2-30<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>LLower.ptn profile, 2-16<br />

<strong>XPC</strong>LUpper.ptn profile, 2-16<br />

XSTRESS, 5-58<br />

XTC, See Extended Transaction Capacity<br />

Index–4 6885 3522–003


© 2009 Unisys Corporation.<br />

All rights reserved.<br />

*68853522-003*<br />

6885 3522–003

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!